3. Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ3. 大般涅槃经
3. Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ3. 大般涅槃经
§131
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti .
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在王舍城灵鹫山。那时,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王想要征讨瓦基人。他如此说:「我要铲除这些如此大神通、如此大威力的瓦基人,我要毁灭瓦基人,使瓦基人遭受毁败灾难。」
§132
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.
那时,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王对马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门说:「来,婆罗门,你前往世尊之处。到了之后,以我的名义以头礼拜世尊双足,问候世尊少病少恼、起居轻利、气力安康、安乐住:『尊者,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王以头礼拜世尊双足,问候少病少恼、起居轻利、气力安康、安乐住。』并如此说:『尊者,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王想要征讨瓦基人。他如此说:「我要铲除这些如此大神通、如此大威力的瓦基人,我要毁灭瓦基人,使瓦基人遭受毁败灾难。」』凡世尊所答覆的,你要好好地受持然后告知我。诸如来是不说虚妄语的。」
Vassakārabrāhmaṇo瓦萨咖拉婆罗门
§133
‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā , bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.
「好的,尊者。」马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门回答了马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王后,命令套上胜妙的车乘,登上胜妙的车乘,以胜妙的车乘从王舍城出发,前往灵鹫山方向。走到车乘可行之处,下车徒步走到世尊之处。到了之后与世尊互相问候。互相问候了友善可喜的话后坐于一边。坐在一边的马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门对世尊如此说:「果德玛贤者,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王以头礼拜果德玛贤者双足,问候少病少恼、起居轻利、气力安康、安乐住。果德玛贤者,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王想要征讨瓦基人。他如此说:『我要铲除这些如此大神通、如此大威力的瓦基人,我要毁灭瓦基人,使瓦基人遭受毁败灾难。』」
Rājaaparihāniyadhammā王不衰退法
§134
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno . Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
当时,具寿阿难站在世尊身后为世尊扇风。那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人经常集会、多次集会?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人经常集会、多次集会。」「阿难,只要瓦基人经常集会、多次集会,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ , ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理瓦基人应办之事?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理瓦基人应办之事。」「阿难,只要瓦基人和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理瓦基人应办之事,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人不制立未制立的,不废除已制立的,依照已制立的古来瓦基法受持而行?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人不制立未制立的,不废除已制立的,依照已制立的古来瓦基法受持而行。」「阿难,只要瓦基人不制立未制立的,不废除已制立的,依照已制立的古来瓦基法受持而行,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬瓦基人中的瓦基耆宿,并认为应当听从他们之言?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬瓦基人中的瓦基耆宿,并认为应当听从他们之言。」「阿难,只要瓦基人恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬瓦基人中的瓦基耆宿,并认为应当听从他们之言,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人对于良家妇女、良家少女,不以强力拘押使她们同住?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人对于良家妇女、良家少女,不以强力拘押使她们同住。」「阿难,只要瓦基人对于良家妇女、良家少女不以强力拘押使她们同住,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni · 「阿难,你是否听说,'瓦基人凡是那些
Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人对于瓦基人城内城外的瓦基塔庙,恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬,对于先前所供、先前所作的如法祭品不废弃?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人对于瓦基人城内城外的瓦基塔庙,恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬,对于先前所供、先前所作的如法祭品不废弃。」「阿难,只要瓦基人对于瓦基人城内城外的瓦基塔庙,恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬,对于先前所供、先前所作的如法祭品不废弃,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
「阿难,你是否听说瓦基人对诸阿拉汉已善作如法的守护防卫,使未来的阿拉汉可以来到国境,已来到国境的阿拉汉可以安乐住?」「尊者,我听说瓦基人对诸阿拉汉已善作如法的守护防卫,使未来的阿拉汉可以来到国境,已来到国境的阿拉汉可以安乐住。」「阿难,只要瓦基人对诸阿拉汉已善作如法的守护防卫,使未来的阿拉汉可以来到国境,已来到国境的阿拉汉可以安乐住,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
§135
Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
那时,世尊对马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门说:「婆罗门,有一次我住在韦萨离的萨兰达达塔庙。在那里,我为瓦基人开示了这七不退法。婆罗门,只要这七不退法住立于瓦基人中,只要瓦基人遵行这七不退法,那么瓦基人可期增长,不会衰退。」
Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva , bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
如是说时,马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门对世尊如此说:「果德玛贤者,即便具备一不退法,瓦基人也可期增长,不会衰退,何况是七不退法呢!果德玛贤者,马嘎塔国韦碟希之子阿迦答沙都王不能以战争打败瓦基人,除非用离间或内部分裂之法。果德玛贤者,我现在要走了,我有许多事务、许多应办之事。」「婆罗门,你现在可以随意。」那时,马嘎塔大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座而起离去。
Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā比库不衰退法
§136
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
那时,瓦思咖拉婆罗门离开不久,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,你去把住在王舍城附近的所有比库都集合到讲堂来。」「好的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后,把住在王舍城附近的所有比库都集合到讲堂,然后前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,站于一边。站在一边的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,比库僧已经集合了,尊者,世尊现在可以随意。」
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
那时,世尊从座而起,前往讲堂。到了之后坐于所施设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比库们说:「诸比库,我要为你们开示七不退法,谛听,善作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库经常集会、多次集会,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理僧团应办之事,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不制立未制立的,不废除已制立的,依照已制立的学处受持而行,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库对于长老、年长、久已出家、僧父、僧领袖的比库,恭敬、尊重、崇敬、礼敬,并认为应当听从他们之言,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不为已生的导致再有的渴爱所支配,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库希求阿兰若住处,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库各自如此念现起:『愿未来的善良同梵行者能来此处,已来的善良同梵行者能安乐住。』诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要这七不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这七不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
§137
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「诸比库,我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法,谛听,善作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不喜好作务、不乐于作务、不专事于作务,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不喜好言谈、不乐于言谈、不专事于言谈,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不喜好睡眠、不乐于睡眠、不专事于睡眠,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不喜好众闹、不乐于众闹、不专事于众闹,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库无恶欲求、不为恶欲求所支配,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不结交恶友、恶伴、恶同侣,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库不因少许殊胜成就而中途止息,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要这七不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这七不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
§138
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法……乃至……诸比库,只要比库具足信……乃至……具足惭……具足愧……具足多闻……具足精进……具足念住……具足慧,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。诸比库,只要这七不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这七不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
§139
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「诸比库,我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法,谛听,善作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库修习念觉支……乃至……修习择法觉支……修习精进觉支……修习喜觉支……修习轻安觉支……修习定觉支……修习舍觉支,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要这七不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这七不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
§140
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「诸比库,我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法,谛听,善作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库修习无常想……乃至……修习无我想……修习须跋想……修习过患想……修习断想……修习离贪想……修习灭想,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要这七不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这七不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
§141
‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「诸比库,我将为你们开示六不退法,谛听,善作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库对同梵行者无论当面或背后都生起慈的身业,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库对同梵行者无论当面或背后都生起慈的语业……乃至……生起慈的意业,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库对于如法所得的如法利养,乃至钵中所盛的,都与有戒的同梵行者共同平等受用,不分彼此受用,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库无论当面或背后,与同梵行者在无缺、无瑕、无斑点、无杂染、自在、智者所赞、不被执取、能导致定的诸戒中,同于戒而住,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
「诸比库,只要比库无论当面或背后,与同梵行者在圣的、出离的、引导依之而行者正尽苦的见中,同于见而住,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
「诸比库,只要这六不退法住立于比库中,只要比库遵行这六不退法,诸比库,比库可期增长,不会衰退。」
§142
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
在王舍城灵鹫山住时,世尊经常为诸比库作此法谈:「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
§143
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
那时,世尊在王舍城随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往安拔腊提咖。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往安拔腊提咖。在那里,世尊住在安拔腊提咖的王舍。在那里,住在安拔腊提咖王舍的世尊也经常为诸比库作此法谈:「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
§144
Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane .
那时,世尊在安拔腊提咖随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往那烂陀。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往那烂陀,在那里,世尊住在那烂陀的巴瓦利咖芒果林。
Sāriputtasīhanādo沙利子狮子吼
§145
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.
那时,具寿沙利子前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。坐在一边的具寿沙利子对世尊如此说:「尊者,我对世尊如此净信:过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜。」「沙利子,你说出了这高大的牛王之语,决定地把握,发出狮子吼:『尊者,我对世尊如此净信:过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜。』」
‘‘Kiṃ te , sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「沙利子,过去所有的阿拉汉、正等正觉者,你是否都以心了知他们之心,知道:『那些世尊曾如此戒,那些世尊曾如此法、如此慧、如此住、如此解脱』?」「并非如此,尊者。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana te , sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「沙利子,那么未来所有的阿拉汉、正等正觉者,你是否都以心了知他们之心,知道:『那些世尊将如此戒,那些世尊将如此法、如此慧、如此住、如此解脱』?」「并非如此,尊者。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「沙利子,那么现在的我——阿拉汉、正等正觉者,你是否以心了知我心,知道:『世尊如此戒,世尊如此法、如此慧、如此住、如此解脱』?」「并非如此,尊者。」
‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?
「沙利子,在此你对过去、未来、现在的阿拉汉、正等正觉者没有他心智。那么你为何说出这高大的牛王之语,决定地把握,发出狮子吼:『尊者,我对世尊如此净信:过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜』呢?」
§146
‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.
「尊者,我对过去、未来、现在的阿拉汉、正等正觉者虽无他心智,但我了知法的类推。尊者,譬如国王边境的城市有坚固的基石、坚固的城墙门楼、只有一个门,那里有一个贤明、有能、聪慧的守门人,阻止不相识者进入,允许相识者进入。他顺着城市周围的巡道次第巡行,没有见到城墙的接缝或城墙的裂缝,乃至连一只猫可出入之处也没有。他会这样想:『凡是较大的生物要进入或离开此城,都从此门进入或离开。』尊者,同样地,我了知法的类推:『尊者,过去所有的阿拉汉、正等正觉者,那些世尊都是舍断五盖——心的随染、使慧羸弱者,心善安住于须跋,如实修习七觉支后,证悟无上正等觉。尊者,未来所有的阿拉汉、正等正觉者,那些世尊也都将舍断五盖——心的随染、使慧羸弱者,心善安住于须跋,如实修习七觉支后,证悟无上正等觉。尊者,现在的世尊——阿拉汉、正等正觉者,也是舍断五盖——心的随染、使慧羸弱者,心善安住于须跋,如实修习七觉支后,证悟无上正等觉。』」
§147
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
在那烂陀的巴瓦利咖芒果林住时,世尊也经常为诸比库作此法谈:「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Dussīlaādīnavā破戒过患
§148
Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ , bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ . Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
那时,世尊在那烂陀随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往巴嗒离村。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往巴嗒离村。巴嗒离村的近事男们听说:「据说世尊已到达巴嗒离村。」那时,巴嗒离村的近事男们前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。坐在一边的巴嗒离村近事男们对世尊如此说:「尊者,请世尊答允住我们的公众房舍。」世尊默然答允。那时,巴嗒离村的近事男们知道世尊答允后,从座而起,礼拜世尊,右绕之后前往公众房舍。到了之后,把公众房舍全部铺好,设置好座位,准备好水瓶,升起油灯,然后前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,站于一边。站在一边的巴嗒离村近事男们对世尊如此说:「尊者,公众房舍已全部铺好,座位已设,水瓶已置,油灯已升。尊者,世尊现在可以随意。」那时,世尊于傍晚时分,着下衣后持钵衣,与比库僧一起前往公众房舍。到了之后洗足,进入公众房舍,依中央的柱子面东而坐。比库僧也洗足后进入公众房舍,依西墙面东而坐,把世尊置于前方。巴嗒离村的近事男们也洗足后进入公众房舍,依东墙面西而坐,把世尊置于前方。
§149
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
那时,世尊对巴嗒离村的近事男们说:「诸居士,破戒者戒失坏有五过患。哪五种?诸居士,这里破戒、戒失坏者因放逸的缘故而遭受大财损。此为破戒者戒失坏的第一过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
「再者,诸居士,破戒、戒失坏者恶名远扬。此为破戒者戒失坏的第二过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
「再者,诸居士,破戒、戒失坏者无论前往任何众会——或剎帝利众会、或婆罗门众会、或居士众会、或沙门众会——皆不自信地前往,恐惧怯懦。此为破戒者戒失坏的第三过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
「再者,诸居士,破戒、戒失坏者昏迷而死。此为破戒者戒失坏的第四过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
「再者,诸居士,破戒、戒失坏者身坏命终后,生于苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。此为破戒者戒失坏的第五过患。诸居士,此为破戒者戒失坏的五过患。
Sīlavanttaānisaṃsā持戒利益
§150
‘‘Pañcime , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
「诸居士,有戒者戒具足有五功德。哪五种?诸居士,这里有戒、戒具足者因不放逸的缘故而获得大财聚。此为有戒者戒具足的第一功德。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
「再者,诸居士,有戒、戒具足者美名远扬。此为有戒者戒具足的第二功德。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
「再者,诸居士,有戒、戒具足者无论前往任何众会——或剎帝利众会、或婆罗门众会、或居士众会、或沙门众会——皆自信地前往,无所怯懦。此为有戒者戒具足的第三功德。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
「再者,诸居士,有戒、戒具足者不昏迷而死。此为有戒者戒具足的第四功德。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.
「再者,诸居士,有戒、戒具足者身坏命终后,生于善趣、天界。此为有戒者戒具足的第五功德。诸居士,此为有戒者戒具足的五功德。」
§151
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
那时,世尊在深夜为巴嗒离村的近事男们以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞后遣散:「诸居士,夜已深,你们现在可以随意。」「是的,尊者。」巴嗒离村的近事男们回答世尊后,从座而起,礼拜世尊,右绕之后离去。那时,世尊在巴嗒离村近事男们离开不久,进入空屋。
Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ巴嗒厘子城建造
§152
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho , ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti ? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.
那时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉正在巴嗒离村建造城市以防御瓦基人。当时,数千位天神占据了巴嗒离村的地段。在大威力的天神占据地段处,大威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所;在中威力的天神占据地段处,中威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所;在低威力的天神占据地段处,低威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所。世尊以清净、超越常人的天眼看见那数千位天神占据巴嗒离村的地段。那时,世尊在凌晨时分起身,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,谁在巴嗒离村建造城市?」「尊者,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉正在巴嗒离村建造城市以防御瓦基人。」「阿难,犹如与三十三天神商议过一般,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉正在巴嗒离村建造城市以防御瓦基人。阿难,我在此以清净、超越常人的天眼看见数千位天神占据巴嗒离村的地段。阿难,在大威力的天神占据地段处,大威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所;在中威力的天神占据地段处,中威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所;在低威力的天神占据地段处,低威力的国王、王大臣之心倾向于在那里建造居所。阿难,只要圣者所行之境、只要商贾所通之路,此巴嗒离子城将成为第一大城、货物集散地。阿难,巴嗒离子城将有三种障难:由火、由水、或由内部分裂。」
§153
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
那时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉前往世尊之处。到了之后与世尊互相问候。互相问候了友善可喜的话后站于一边。站在一边的马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉对世尊如此说:「请果德玛贤者与比库僧一起答允我们今日之食。」世尊默然答允。那时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉知道世尊答允后,前往自己的住所。到了之后在自己的住所准备了胜妙的副食、啖食,然后告知世尊时间:「果德玛贤者,时间已到,食物已备。」
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
那时,世尊于上午着下衣后持钵衣,与比库僧一起前往马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉的住所。到了之后坐于所施设的座位上。那时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉以胜妙的副食、啖食亲手供养、满足以佛陀为首的比库僧。那时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉在世尊食毕、手离钵后,取了一低座坐于一边。世尊对坐在一边的马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉以这些偈颂随喜:
‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;
「于此所住之地方,贤明之人筑居时;
Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo .
应供养自制梵行,其处有戒之食者。
‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;
「彼处所有诸天神,当以布施向彼回向;
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti , mānitā mānayanti naṃ.
受供养之彼等供养他,受尊敬之彼等尊敬他。
‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;
「由此悲愍于彼人,犹如母亲于亲子;
Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.
为诸天神所悲愍,彼人常见诸吉祥。」
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
那时,世尊以这些偈颂随喜马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉之后,从座而起离去。
§154
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā , pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
当时,马嘎塔大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉跟随在世尊之后:「今日沙门果德玛从哪个门出去,那个门就叫果德玛门;从哪个渡口渡过恒河,那个渡口就叫果德玛渡口。」那时,世尊从哪个门出去,那个门就叫做果德玛门。那时,世尊前往恒河。当时,恒河水满溢至岸,乌鸦可饮。有些人寻找船,有些人寻找筏,有些人结木筏,想要从此岸渡至彼岸。那时,世尊犹如力士伸屈手臂一般,与比库僧一起从恒河此岸消失,出现于彼岸。世尊见那些人或寻找船、或寻找筏、或结木筏想要从此岸渡至彼岸。那时,世尊知道此义已,在那个时候发出这赞叹之语:
‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
「诸渡大海、湖水者,造桥越过沼泽地;
Kullañhi jano bandhati , tiṇṇā medhāvino janā’’ti.
凡人尚结诸木筏,智者已渡到彼岸。」
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro. · 第一诵品
Ariyasaccakathā圣谛论
§155
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往果帝村。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往果帝村。在那里,世尊住在果帝村。于是,世尊在那里对比库们说:
‘‘Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
「诸比库,由于不觉悟、不通达四圣谛,因此我和你们都长时间轮回流转。哪四种?诸比库,由于不觉悟、不通达苦圣谛,因此我和你们都长时间轮回流转。诸比库,由于不觉悟、不通达苦集圣谛,因此我和你们都长时间轮回流转。诸比库,由于不觉悟、不通达苦灭圣谛,因此我和你们都长时间轮回流转。诸比库,由于不觉悟、不通达导至苦灭之道圣谛,因此我和你们都长时间轮回流转。诸比库,此苦圣谛已被觉悟、通达,苦集圣谛已被觉悟、通达,苦灭圣谛已被觉悟、通达,导至苦灭之道圣谛已被觉悟、通达,有爱已断,有之导引已尽,现今不再有再生。」世尊如此说。善逝如此说后,导师又说:
‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;
「由于对四圣谛,未能如实见;
Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
长时间轮回流转,于那些那些生处。
Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;
彼等今已见此,有之导引已被根除;
Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.
苦之根已断,现今不再有再生。」
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
在果帝村住时,世尊也经常为诸比库作此法谈:「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā不退转法正觉为依归
§156
Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
那时,世尊在果帝村随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往那提咖。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往那提咖。在那里,世尊住在那提咖的砖屋。那时,具寿阿难前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。坐在一边的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,名叫萨拉的比库在那提咖去世了,他有何趣、有何来生?尊者,名叫难陀的比库尼在那提咖去世了,她有何趣、有何来生?尊者,名叫苏达答的近事男在那提咖去世了,他有何趣、有何来生?尊者,名叫苏迦答的近事女在那提咖去世了,她有何趣、有何来生?尊者,名叫鸡陀的近事男在那提咖去世了,他有何趣、有何来生?尊者,名叫咖邻跋的近事男……乃至……名叫尼咖陀的近事男……名叫咖帝沙哈的近事男……名叫兜塔的近事男……名叫山兜塔的近事男……名叫跋陀的近事男……尊者,名叫须跋陀的近事男在那提咖去世了,他有何趣、有何来生?」
§157
‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā . Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti , ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni , ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
「阿难,萨拉比库以诸漏的尽灭,于现法中自证无漏心解脱、慧解脱后进入而住。阿难,难陀比库尼以五下分结的尽灭,已成化生,在彼般涅槃,不从彼世再退还之法。阿难,苏达答近事男以三结的尽灭,贪、瞋、痴的薄弱,是一来者,仅回此世一次即作苦之终尽。阿难,苏迦答近事女以三结的尽灭,是入流者、不堕恶道之法、必定趣于正觉。阿难,鸡陀近事男以五下分结的尽灭,已成化生,在彼般涅槃,不从彼世再退还之法。阿难,咖邻跋近事男……乃至……尼咖陀近事男……咖帝沙哈近事男……兜塔近事男……山兜塔近事男……跋陀近事男……阿难,须跋陀近事男以五下分结的尽灭,已成化生,在彼般涅槃,不从彼世再退还之法。阿难,在那提咖去世的五十多位近事男,以五下分结的尽灭,已成化生,在彼般涅槃,不从彼世再退还之法。阿难,在那提咖去世的九十多位近事男,以三结的尽灭,贪、瞋、痴的薄弱,是一来者,仅回此世一次即作苦之终尽。阿难,在那提咖去世的五百多位近事男,以三结的尽灭,是入流者、不堕恶道之法、必定趣于正觉。
Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā法镜法门
§158
‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
「阿难,为人者去世并不希奇。但若每当有人去世就前来如来问此义,这对如来是扰恼。阿难,因此我将开示名为『法镜』的法门。具备此法门的圣弟子若愿意,可自己宣称:『我已灭尽地狱、灭尽畜生趣、灭尽饿鬼界、灭尽苦界恶趣堕处。我是入流者、不堕恶道之法、必定趣于正觉。』
§159
‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?
「阿难,何者为那法镜法门,具备此法门的圣弟子若愿意,可自己宣称:『我已灭尽地狱、灭尽畜生趣、灭尽饿鬼界、灭尽苦界恶趣堕处。我是入流者、不堕恶道之法、必定趣于正觉』呢?
‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.
「阿难,这里圣弟子对佛具足不坏净信:『彼世尊亦即是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行足、善至、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。』
‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.
「对法具足不坏净信:『法乃世尊所善说、自见的、无时的、来见的、导向〔涅槃〕的、智者们可各自证知的。』
‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
「对僧具足不坏净信:『世尊的弟子僧团是善行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是正直行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是如理行道者,世尊的弟子僧团是正当行道者,也就是四双八士。此世尊的弟子僧团应受供养、应受供奉、应受布施、应受合掌礼敬,为世间的无上福田。』
‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
「具足圣者所喜之戒:无缺、无瑕、无斑点、无杂染、自在、智者所赞、不被执取、能导致定。
‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
「阿难,此即是那法镜法门,具备此法门的圣弟子若愿意,可自己宣称:『我已灭尽地狱、灭尽畜生趣、灭尽饿鬼界、灭尽苦界恶趣堕处。我是入流者、不堕恶道之法、必定趣于正觉。』」
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –
在那提咖的砖屋住时,世尊也经常为诸比库作此法谈——
‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
§160
Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
那时,世尊在那提咖随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往韦萨离。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往韦萨离。在那里,世尊住在韦萨离的芒果女林。于是,世尊在那里对比库们说:
‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.
「诸比库,比库应具念、正知而住,这是我们对你们的教诫。诸比库,比库如何具念?诸比库,这里比库于身随观身而住,热忱、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪、忧;于受随观受……乃至……于心随观心……乃至……于法随观法而住,热忱、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪、忧。诸比库,如此比库具念。
‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.
「诸比库,比库如何正知?诸比库,这里比库在前进、后退时作正知;在观看、环视时作正知;在屈伸〔肢体〕时作正知;在持桑喀帝、钵、衣时作正知;在食、饮、嚼、尝时作正知;在大便、小便时作正知;在行、住、坐、睡、醒、说、默时作正知。诸比库,如此比库正知。诸比库,比库应具念、正知而住,这是我们对你们的教诫。」
Ambapālīgaṇikā芒果女伎女
§161
Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
淫女安拔巴离听说:「据说世尊已到达韦萨离,住在韦萨离我的芒果林。」那时,淫女安拔巴离命令套上胜妙的车乘,登上胜妙的车乘,以胜妙的车乘从韦萨离出发,前往自己的园林方向。走到车乘可行之处,下车徒步走到世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞坐在一边的淫女安拔巴离。那时,淫女安拔巴离被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞后,对世尊如此说:「尊者,请世尊与比库僧一起答允我明日之食。」世尊默然答允。那时,淫女安拔巴离知道世尊答允后,从座而起,礼拜世尊,右绕之后离去。
Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi . Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha , evamahaṃ taṃ bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti . Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti .
韦萨离的离差维人听说:「据说世尊已到达韦萨离,住在韦萨离的芒果女林。」那时,那些离差维人命令套上胜妙的车乘,登上胜妙的车乘,以胜妙的车乘从韦萨离出发。在那里,有些离差维人是青色、青色相、青色衣、青色装饰;有些离差维人是黄色、黄色相、黄色衣、黄色装饰;有些离差维人是赤色、赤色相、赤色衣、赤色装饰;有些离差维人是白色、白色相、白色衣、白色装饰。那时,淫女安拔巴离以轴对轴、以轮对轮、以轭对轭地与那些年少的离差维人相撞。那时,那些离差维人对淫女安拔巴离如此说:「嗨,安拔巴离,你为何以轴对轴、以轮对轮、以轭对轭地撞那些年少的离差维人?」「诸少爷,因为我已邀请世尊与比库僧一起于明日用餐。」「安拔巴离,把那餐饭以十万让给我们吧。」「诸少爷,即使你们把韦萨离连同属地给我,我也不会把那餐饭给你们。」那时,那些离差维人弹指道:「唉,我们已输给了那芒果女,唉,我们已输给了那芒果女。」
Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
那时,那些离差维人前往芒果女林。世尊从远处见到那些离差维人正前来。见了之后对比库们说:「诸比库,凡未见过三十三天众的比库,看看这离差维众,看看这离差维众,比较这离差维众——犹如三十三天。」那时,那些离差维人走到车乘可行之处,下车徒步走到世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞坐在一边的那些离差维人。那时,那些离差维人被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞后,对世尊如此说:「尊者,请世尊与比库僧一起答允我们明日之食。」那时,世尊对那些离差维人如此说:「诸离差维,我已答允淫女安拔巴离明日之食。」那时,那些离差维人弹指道:「唉,我们已输给了那芒果女,唉,我们已输给了那芒果女。」那时,那些离差维人欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座而起,礼拜世尊,右绕之后离去。
§162
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
那时,淫女安拔巴离于次日清晨在自己的园林准备了胜妙的副食、啖食,然后告知世尊时间:「尊者,时间已到,食物已备。」那时,世尊于上午着下衣后持钵衣,与比库僧一起前往淫女安拔巴离的住所。到了之后坐于所施设的座位上。那时,淫女安拔巴离以胜妙的副食、啖食亲手供养、满足以佛陀为首的比库僧。那时,淫女安拔巴离在世尊食毕、手离钵后,取了一低座坐于一边。坐在一边的淫女安拔巴离对世尊如此说:「尊者,我将此园林布施给以佛陀为首的比库僧。」世尊接受了园林。那时,世尊以法谈开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞淫女安拔巴离后,从座而起离去。在韦萨离芒果女林住时,世尊也经常为诸比库作此法谈:「如是戒,如是定,如是慧。戒遍修之定,有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧,有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心,正从诸漏而解脱,也就是:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ前往韦卢瓦村雨安居
§163
Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha . Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.
那时,世尊在芒果女林随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,来,我们前往韦卢瓦小村。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧一起前往韦卢瓦小村。在那里,世尊住在韦卢瓦小村。在那里,世尊对比库们说:「诸比库,你们来,到韦萨离周围随友、随识、随亲厚处入雨安居,而我就在此韦卢瓦小村入雨安居。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊后,到韦萨离周围随友、随识、随亲厚处入雨安居。世尊则就在此韦卢瓦小村入雨安居。
§164
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.
那时,世尊入雨安居后生起剧烈的病,生起强烈的、近于死的感受。世尊具念、正知,不烦躁地忍受之。那时,世尊这样想:「我在未招呼侍者、未告知比库僧而般涅槃是不适当的。让我以精进镇压此病,决意住寿行而住。」那时,世尊以精进镇压此病,决意住寿行而住。于是世尊的病平息了。那时,世尊从病中起身,起身不久,从精舍出来,坐于精舍阴影处所设的座位上。那时,具寿阿难前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。坐在一边的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,我已见到世尊安乐;尊者,我已见到世尊忍耐。但尊者,因世尊之病,我的身体如被重物所压。诸方于我也不明,诸法于我也不显。但尊者,我尚有一些慰籍:『只要世尊尚未对比库僧作任何交待,他就不会般涅槃。』」
§165
‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati ? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ , ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo . Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.
「阿难,比库僧还对我期望什么呢?阿难,我所说的法无内外之别。阿难,如来于法无『师拳』。阿难,若有人这样想:『我将护持比库僧』或『比库僧依靠我』,那么他才会对比库僧作任何交待。阿难,如来不会这样想:『我将护持比库僧』或『比库僧依靠我』。阿难,那么如来还会对比库僧作什么交待呢?阿难,我现在已老了、衰颓了、年长了、寿高了、至晚年了,我的年龄已达八十。阿难,犹如老旧的车乘以皮带绑缚才得以行驶,阿难,同样地,我想如来的身体也是以皮带绑缚才得以行驶。阿难,每当如来不作意一切相,以一些受的灭而入无相心定而住时,阿难,在那时候如来的身体才较为安稳。阿难,因此你们应当以自己为洲、以自己为皈依,不以他人为皈依;以法为洲、以法为皈依,不以他法为皈依。阿难,比库如何以自己为洲、以自己为皈依,不以他人为皈依;以法为洲、以法为皈依,不以他法为皈依?阿难,这里比库于身随观身而住,热忱、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪、忧;于受……乃至……于心……乃至……于法随观法而住,热忱、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪、忧。阿难,如此比库以自己为洲、以自己为皈依,不以他人为皈依;以法为洲、以法为皈依,不以他法为皈依。阿难,现在或我逝后,凡以自己为洲、以自己为皈依,不以他人为皈依;以法为洲、以法为皈依,不以他法为皈依者,阿难,他们将成为我的比库中最上者,任何欲求学者。」
Dutiyabhāṇavāro. · 第二诵品
Nimittobhāsakathā相明显论
§166
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
那时,世尊于上午着下衣后持钵衣,进入韦萨离托钵。在韦萨离托钵后,食后从托钵回来,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,拿坐具,我们前往咖巴勒塔庙日中住。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后,拿了坐具跟随在世尊之后。那时,世尊前往咖巴勒塔庙。到了之后坐于所施设的座位上。具寿阿难也礼拜世尊后坐于一边。
§167
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno , ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
世尊对坐在一边的具寿阿难如此说:「阿难,韦萨离令人喜爱,乌登那塔庙令人喜爱,果德玛咖塔庙令人喜爱,萨坦芭塔庙令人喜爱,跋呼补达塔庙令人喜爱,萨兰达达塔庙令人喜爱,咖巴勒塔庙令人喜爱。阿难,任何人若修习、多修、习惯、以之为依、确立、熟练、善精勤于四神足,他若愿意,可住一劫或劫之余。阿难,如来已修习、多修、习惯、以之为依、确立、熟练、善精勤于四神足,阿难,如来若愿意,可住一劫或劫之余。」即使世尊作了如此粗显的暗示、作了如此粗显的光现,具寿阿难仍不能领会,不请求世尊:「尊者,请世尊住一劫,请善逝住一劫,为众人的利益、众人的安乐,悲悯世间,为天与人的义利、利益、安乐。」因为他的心被魔所缠。第二次……乃至……第三次,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,韦萨离令人喜爱,乌登那塔庙令人喜爱,果德玛咖塔庙令人喜爱,萨坦芭塔庙令人喜爱,跋呼补达塔庙令人喜爱,萨兰达达塔庙令人喜爱,咖巴勒塔庙令人喜爱。阿难,任何人若修习、多修、习惯、以之为依、确立、熟练、善精勤于四神足,他若愿意,可住一劫或劫之余。阿难,如来已修习、多修、习惯、以之为依、确立、熟练、善精勤于四神足,阿难,如来若愿意,可住一劫或劫之余。」即使世尊作了如此粗显的暗示、作了如此粗显的光现,具寿阿难仍不能领会,不请求世尊:「尊者,请世尊住一劫,请善逝住一劫,为众人的利益、众人的安乐,悲悯世间,为天与人的义利、利益、安乐。」因为他的心被魔所缠。那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,你去吧,你现在可以随意。」「是的,尊者。」
Mārayācanakathā魔劝请论
§168
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
那时,具寿阿难离开不久,恶者魔前往世尊之处。到了之后站于一边。站在一边的恶者魔对世尊如此说:「尊者,请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。尊者,世尊曾说此语:『恶者,我不会般涅槃,只要我的比库弟子尚未成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者;未曾学过自己的老师之教,〔尚不能〕宣说、开示、施设、建立、开演、分别论、显了;未曾以如法善折伏已生的他论,折伏后〔尚不能〕开示具神变之法。』尊者,现在世尊的比库弟子已成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者;已学过自己的老师之教,能够宣说、开示、施设、建立、开演、分别论、显了;能够以如法善折伏已生的他论,折伏后开示具神变之法。请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
「尊者,世尊曾说此语:『恶者,我不会般涅槃,只要我的比库尼弟子尚未成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者……尚不能开示具神变之法。』尊者,现在世尊的比库尼弟子已成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者,能够开示具神变之法。请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni , bhante, bhagavato.
「尊者,世尊曾说此语:『恶者,我不会般涅槃,只要我的近事男弟子尚未成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者……尚不能开示具神变之法。』尊者,现在世尊的近事男弟子已成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者,能够开示具神变之法。请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
「尊者,世尊曾说此语:『恶者,我不会般涅槃,只要我的近事女弟子尚未成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者……尚不能开示具神变之法。』尊者,现在世尊的近事女弟子已成为有能、有训练、有自信、多闻、持法、法随法行、正当行道、行随法行者,能够开示具神变之法。请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti .
「尊者,世尊曾说此语:『恶者,我不会般涅槃,只要我的此梵行尚未成功、尚未兴旺、尚未流布、广布众人、普及,乃至天与人所善宣说。』尊者,现在世尊的梵行已成功、已兴旺、已流布、广布众人、普及,乃至天与人所善宣说。请世尊现在般涅槃,请善逝般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。」
Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.
如是说时,世尊对恶者魔如此说:「恶者,你安心吧,如来的般涅槃不久将至。自今三个月后,如来将般涅槃。」
Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ舍弃寿行
§169
Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso , devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu . Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊于咖巴勒塔庙具念、正知地舍弃寿行。世尊舍弃寿行时,发生大地震,令人惊怖、毛发竖立,天鼓雷鸣。那时,世尊知道此义已,在那个时候发出这赞叹之语:
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
「牟尼已舍有为之源,于彼可称与不可称;
Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
内喜入定,犹如破壳,破除了自我之源。」
Mahābhūmicālahetu大地震因
§170
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
那时,具寿阿难这样想:「啊稀有,啊未曾有,这是多么大的地震;这是多么大的地震,令人惊怖、毛发竖立,天鼓雷鸣。是什么因、什么缘大地震出现呢?」
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
那时,具寿阿难前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊,坐于一边。坐在一边的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,稀有,尊者,未曾有,尊者,这是多么大的地震;尊者,这是多么大的地震,令人惊怖、毛发竖立,天鼓雷鸣。尊者,是什么因、什么缘大地震出现呢?」
§171
‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「阿难,有这八因、八缘令大地震出现。哪八种?阿难,此大地安立于水上,水安立于风上,风住于空中。阿难,有时大风吹起,大风吹起时摇动水,水被摇动而摇动地。此为大地震出现的第一因、第一缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,有得神通、得心自在的沙门或婆罗门,或大神力、大威力的天神,他已修习了小地想、无量水想。他令此地震、等震、普震、普遍震。此为大地震出现的第二因、第二缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,菩萨从都西答天众中死而具念、正知地入母胎时,此地震、等震、普震、普遍震。此为大地震出现的第三因、第三缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,菩萨具念、正知地从母胎出生时,此地震、等震、普震、普遍震。此为大地震出现的第四因、第四缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,当如来现正觉无上正等正觉时,此大地震动、遍震动、遍等震动、遍等震颤。这是大地震出现的第五因、第五缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,当如来转无上法轮时,此大地震动、遍震动、遍等震动、遍等震颤。这是大地震出现的第六因、第六缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
「再者,阿难,当如来具念、正知地舍弃寿行时,此大地震动、遍震动、遍等震动、遍等震颤。这是大地震出现的第七因、第七缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.
「再者,阿难,当如来般涅槃于无余涅槃界时,此大地震动、遍震动、遍等震动、遍等震颤。这是大地震出现的第八因、第八缘。阿难,这些是大地震出现的八因、八缘。」
Aṭṭha parisā八众
§172
‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā , tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.
「阿难,有这八众。哪八种?刹帝利众、婆罗门众、居士众、沙门众、四大王天众、三十三天众、魔众、梵天众。阿难,我忆起曾前往数百刹帝利众。在那里,我也曾与他们共坐、交谈、进入讨论。在那里,他们的容色如何,我的容色也如此。他们的声音如何,我的声音也如此。我以法语开示、劝导、激励、使之欢喜。当我说话时,他们不知道:『这说话者究竟是天还是人?』以法语开示、劝导、激励、使之欢喜后,我隐没。当我隐没时,他们不知道:『这隐没者究竟是天还是人?』阿难,我忆起曾前往数百婆罗门众……居士众……沙门众……四大王天众……三十三天众……魔众……梵天众。在那里,我也曾与他们共坐、交谈、进入讨论。在那里,他们的容色如何,我的容色也如此。他们的声音如何,我的声音也如此。我以法语开示、劝导、激励、使之欢喜。当我说话时,他们不知道:『这说话者究竟是天还是人?』以法语开示、劝导、激励、使之欢喜后,我隐没。当我隐没时,他们不知道:『这隐没者究竟是天还是人?』阿难,这些是八众。
Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni八胜处
§173
‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「阿难,有这八胜处。哪八种?于内有色想者,于外见诸色为少量、美丑,『我胜知、胜见彼等』,他有如是想。这是第一胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内有色想者,于外见诸色为无量、美丑,『我胜知、胜见彼等』,他有如是想。这是第二胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色为少量、美丑,『我胜知、胜见彼等』,他有如是想。这是第三胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色,无量的美与丑。『我战胜它们而知、而见』,他有如此想。这是第四胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色,青的、青色的、青显现的、青光泽的。犹如青莲花是青的、青色的、青显现的、青光泽的。或者犹如那巴拉纳西的布,两面磨光,是青的、青色的、青显现的、青光泽的。如是,于内无色想者,于外见诸色,青的、青色的、青显现的、青光泽的。『我战胜它们而知、而见』,他有如此想。这是第五胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色,黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。犹如咖尼咖拉花是黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。或者犹如那巴拉纳西的布,两面磨光,是黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。如是,于内无色想者,于外见诸色,黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。『我战胜它们而知、而见』,他有如此想。这是第六胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色,红的、红色的、红显现的、红光泽的。犹如班度基瓦咖花是红的、红色的、红显现的、红光泽的。或者犹如那巴拉纳西的布,两面磨光,是红的、红色的、红显现的、红光泽的。如是,于内无色想者,于外见诸色,红的、红色的、红显现的、红光泽的。『我战胜它们而知、而见』,他有如此想。这是第七胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
「于内无色想者,于外见诸色,白的、白色的、白显现的、白光泽的。犹如晨星是白的、白色的、白显现的、白光泽的。或者犹如那巴拉纳西的布,两面磨光,是白的、白色的、白显现的、白光泽的。如是,于内无色想者,于外见诸色,白的、白色的、白显现的、白光泽的。『我战胜它们而知、而见』,他有如此想。这是第八胜处。阿难,这些是八胜处。
Aṭṭha vimokkhā八解脱
§174
‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.
「阿难,这些是八解脱。哪八种?有色者见诸色,这是第一解脱。于内无色想者于外见诸色,这是第二解脱。只意向于净,这是第三解脱。完全超越诸色想,诸有对想灭没,不作意诸种种想,『虚空是无边的』,证得虚空无边处而住,这是第四解脱。完全超越虚空无边处,『识是无边的』,证得识无边处而住,这是第五解脱。完全超越识无边处,『无所有』,证得无所有处而住,这是第六解脱。完全超越无所有处,证得非想非非想处而住,这是第七解脱。完全超越非想非非想处,证得想受灭而住,这是第八解脱。阿难,这些是八解脱。
§175
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –
「阿难,一时,我住在乌汝韦喇,在内兰迦拉河岸边,阿迦巴喇尼拘律树下,初成正觉。阿难,那时,恶魔魔罗来到我处;来到之后,站在一边。阿难,站在一边的恶魔魔罗对我这样说:『尊者,现在世尊应般涅槃;善逝应般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃之时。』阿难,这样说时,我对恶魔魔罗这样说:
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
「『恶魔,我将不般涅槃,直到我的比库弟子们不成为通达的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的,学习了自己导师的教法之后,将教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明,以正法善加折伏已生起的他论之后,将教导有神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
「邪恶者,我将不般涅槃,直到我的比库尼弟子们成为聪慧的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的,学习了自己导师的教法后,能教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明,对于生起的他人异说,能以正法善加折伏后折伏,并宣说具神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
「邪恶者,我将不般涅槃,直到我的近事男弟子们成为聪慧的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的,学习了自己导师的教法后,能教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明,对于生起的他人异说,能以正法善加折伏后折伏,并宣说具神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
「邪恶者,我将不般涅槃,直到我的近事女弟子们成为聪慧的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的,学习了自己导师的教法后,能教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明,对于生起的他人异说,能以正法善加折伏后折伏,并宣说具神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.
「邪恶者,我将不般涅槃,直到我的这梵行成为成功的、兴盛的、广布的、人多的、广大的,直到被天人善加阐明。」
§176
‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima , parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.
「阿难,就在今天,在恰巴喇支提,魔邪恶者来到我这里;来到后,站在一边。阿难,站在一边的魔邪恶者对我这样说:『尊者,现在世尊请般涅槃,善逝请般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:「邪恶者,我将不般涅槃,直到我的比库弟子们……乃至……直到我的比库尼弟子们……乃至……直到我的近事男弟子们……乃至……直到我的近事女弟子们……乃至……直到我的这梵行成为成功的、兴盛的、广布的、人多的、广大的,直到被天人善加阐明。」尊者,然而现在世尊的梵行已成功、兴盛、广布、人多、广大,已被天人善加阐明。尊者,现在世尊请般涅槃,善逝请般涅槃,尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。』」
§177
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.
「阿难,这样说时,我对魔邪恶者这样说:『邪恶者,你且安心,如来的般涅槃不久将发生。从现在起三个月后,如来将般涅槃。』阿难,就在今天,在恰巴喇支提,如来正念正知地舍弃了寿行。」
Ānandayācanakathā阿难劝请论
§178
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
这样说时,具寿阿难对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿世尊住寿一劫,愿善逝住寿一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。」
‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
「够了,阿难。不要请求如来,阿难,现在不是请求如来的时候。」具寿阿难第二次……乃至……具寿阿难第三次对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿世尊住寿一劫,愿善逝住寿一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。」
‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
「阿难,你信如来的菩提吗?」「是的,尊者。」「那么,阿难,你为何三次逼迫如来呢?」「尊者,这是我从世尊面前听闻、从面前领受的:『阿难,任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤,他若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。阿难,如来已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤。阿难,如来若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。』」「阿难,你信吗?」「是的,尊者。」「阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失,即当如来作如此明显的暗示、作如此明显的光明时,你不能洞察,没有请求如来:『尊者,愿世尊住一劫,愿善逝住一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,然后第三次会同意。阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。」
§179
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
「阿难,一时,我住在王舍城灵鹫山。阿难,在那里我也对你说:『阿难,王舍城是可爱的,阿难,灵鹫山是可爱的。阿难,任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤,他若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。阿难,如来已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤。阿难,如来若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。』阿难,即使如此,当如来作明显的暗示、作明显的光明时,你不能洞察,没有请求如来:『尊者,愿世尊住一劫,愿善逝住一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,然后第三次会同意。阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。」
§180
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
「阿难,一时,我就在那王舍城住在果德玛榕树……就在那王舍城住在盗贼崖……就在那王舍城住在韦跋拉山侧的七叶窟……就在那王舍城住在仙吞山侧的黑石……就在那王舍城住在寒林的蛇头岩……就在那王舍城住在多波达园……就在那王舍城住在竹林栗鼠饲养处……就在那王舍城住在基瓦咖芒果园……就在那王舍城住在马德咖库其的鹿野苑。阿难,在那里我也对你说:『阿难,王舍城是可爱的,灵鹫山是可爱的,果德玛榕树是可爱的,盗贼崖是可爱的,韦跋拉山侧的七叶窟是可爱的,仙吞山侧的黑石是可爱的,寒林的蛇头岩是可爱的,多波达园是可爱的,竹林栗鼠饲养处是可爱的,基瓦咖芒果园是可爱的,马德咖库其的鹿野苑是可爱的。阿难,任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤……阿难,如来若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。』阿难,即使如此,当如来作明显的暗示、作明显的光明时,你不能洞察,没有请求如来:『尊者,愿世尊住一劫,愿善逝住一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,然后第三次会同意。阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。」
§181
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
「阿难,一时,我就在这韦萨离住在伍德那塔庙。阿难,在那里我也对你说:『阿难,韦萨离是可爱的,阿难,伍德那塔庙是可爱的。阿难,任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤,他若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。阿难,如来已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤。阿难,如来若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。』阿难,即使如此,当如来作明显的暗示、作明显的光明时,你不能洞察,没有请求如来:『尊者,愿世尊住一劫,愿善逝住一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,然后第三次会同意。阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。」
§182
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
「阿难,一时,我就在这韦萨离住在果德玛咖塔庙……就在这韦萨离住在七芒果塔庙……就在这韦萨离住在多子塔庙……就在这韦萨离住在沙兰达达塔庙……阿难,就在今天,我在洽巴拉塔庙对你说:『阿难,韦萨离是可爱的,伍德那塔庙是可爱的,果德玛咖塔庙是可爱的,七芒果塔庙是可爱的,多子塔庙是可爱的,沙兰达达塔庙是可爱的,洽巴拉塔庙是可爱的。阿难,任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤,他若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。阿难,如来已修习、已多修习四神足,已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤。阿难,如来若希望,能住一劫或一劫剩余。』阿难,即使如此,当如来作明显的暗示、作明显的光明时,你不能洞察,没有请求如来:『愿世尊住一劫,愿善逝住一劫,为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难,如果你请求如来,如来会拒绝你两次,然后第三次会同意。阿难,因此,这是你的恶作,这是你的过失。」
§183
‘‘Nanu etaṃ , ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
「阿难,这不是已被我预先说过吗:『一切所爱的、可意的,都有别离、分离、异离。阿难,在这里,怎么可能得到这样:凡是已生的、已成的、有为的、败坏法,愿它不要败坏,这是须跋的。』阿难,然而,如来已舍弃、已吐出、已释放、已断除、已放弃、已抛弃寿行,已一向说出此语:『如来的般涅槃不久将到来。从今三个月后,如来将般涅槃。』如来为了生命而再收回它,这是须跋的。阿难,来吧,我们去大林重阁讲堂。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
那时,世尊与具寿阿难一起去大林重阁讲堂;到达后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,你去,凡是依止韦萨离而住的比库们,都召集到集会堂。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后,凡是依止韦萨离而住的比库们,都召集到集会堂后,去世尊处;到达后,礼敬世尊,站立一旁。站立一旁的具寿阿难对世尊这样说:「尊者,比库僧团已集合,尊者,现在世尊认为是时候了。」
§184
Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
那时,世尊去集会堂;到达后,坐在设置好的座位上。坐下后,世尊对比库们说:「比库们,因此,凡是那些被我证知而教导的法,你们应善加把握后,应修习、应修习、应多修习,以便这梵行能长久住立、久住,那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。比库们,什么是那些被我证知而教导的法,你们应善加把握后,应修习、应修习、应多修习,以便这梵行能长久住立、久住,那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐?即是:须跋、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、圣八支道。比库们,这些就是那些被我证知而教导的法,你们应善加把握后,应修习、应修习、应多修习,以便这梵行能长久住立、久住,那将是为了众人的利益,为了众人的快乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。」
§185
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā . –
那时,世尊对诸比库说:「来吧,诸比库,我现在告诫你们:诸行是灭法,以不放逸而成就。不久如来将般涅槃。从今三个月后,如来将般涅槃。」世尊说了这个,善逝说了这个之后,导师又说了这个:
‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;
「我的寿命已成熟,我的生命已剩少;
Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.
舍弃你们我将去,我已作自己的皈依处。
‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;
「诸比库,你们应不放逸、具念、具善戒;
Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.
以善等持的思惟,守护自己的心。
‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;
「于此法律中,谁将不放逸而住;
Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti .
舍弃生与轮回,将作苦的终结。」
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro. · 第三诵品
Nāgāpalokitaṃ龙象回顾
§186
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
那时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,进入韦萨离为了托钵。在韦萨离为了托钵而行后,食后从托钵食返回,以象回顾眺望韦萨离后,对具寿阿难说:「阿难,这是如来对韦萨离的最后一次见面。来吧,阿难,我们去班荼村。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
那时,世尊与大比库僧团一起抵达班达村。在那里,世尊住在班达村。在那里,世尊对诸比库说:「诸比库!由于对四法的不随觉、不通达,我与你们长久以来流转轮回。是哪四法呢?诸比库!由于对圣戒的不随觉、不通达,我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比库!由于对圣定的不随觉、不通达,我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比库!由于对圣慧的不随觉、不通达,我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比库!由于对圣解脱的不随觉、不通达,我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比库!现在这圣戒已被随觉、已被通达,圣定已被随觉、已被通达,圣慧已被随觉、已被通达,圣解脱已被随觉、已被通达,有渴爱已被断除,有之导引已被灭尽,现在不再有后有。」世尊说了这个,说了这个之后,善逝、导师又说了这个:」
‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;
「戒、定、慧,以及无上解脱;」
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.
「这些法已被随觉,由有名声的果德玛。」
‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;
「如此,佛陀证知后,为诸比库宣说法;」
Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.
「导师是苦的终结者,具眼者已般涅槃。」
Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
在那里,世尊住在班达村时,也多次对诸比库作这样的法谈:「如此是戒,如此是定,如此是慧。修习戒的定有大果报、大利益。修习定的慧有大果报、大利益。修习慧的心完全从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Catumahāpadesakathā四大教法论
§187
Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
那时,世尊在班达村随意住了之后,对具寿阿难说:「来吧,阿难!我们去象村、去芒果村、去阎浮村、去富城。」「是的,尊者!」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧团一起抵达富城。在那里,世尊住在富城的阿难塔庙。在那里,世尊对诸比库说:「诸比库!我将教导这四大教法,你们要听!你们要善作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者!」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说了这个:」
§188
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni , vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti , na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
「诸比库!在此,比库可能这样说:『诸友!我从世尊面前听闻、从面前领受,这是法、这是律、这是导师的教导。』诸比库!对那位比库所说的,既不应欢喜,也不应反对。不欢喜、不反对之后,应善加学习那些句与文,应使之与经相合,应使之与律相应。如果使之与经相合、使之与律相应时,既不与经相合,也不与律相应,应在此得出结论:『确实,这既不是那位世尊的言语,而且这位比库误解了。』诸比库!如此,你们应舍弃它。如果使之与经相合、使之与律相应时,与经相合,也与律相应,应在此得出结论:『确实,这是那位世尊的言语,而且这位比库善加领受了。』诸比库!你们应持守这第一大教法。」
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
「诸比库,于此,比库如此说——『在名为某某的住处,有僧团住,有长老,有上座。我从那僧团面前听闻,从面前领受:这是法,这是律,这是导师的教诫。』诸比库,对那位比库所说的,既不应欢喜,也不应排斥。不欢喜、不排斥后,应善加忆持那些文句,应使之与诸经相比对,应使之与律相对照。若使之与诸经相比对时,与律相对照时,既不与诸经相合,也不与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这既非彼世尊之语;那僧团误受了。』诸比库,如此,你们应舍弃它。若使之与诸经相比对时,与律相对照时,既与诸经相合,也与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这是彼世尊之语;那僧团善受了。』诸比库,你们应忆持这第二大教法。」
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
「诸比库,于此,比库如此说——『在名为某某的住处,有众多长老比库住,多闻、通晓传承、持法者、持律者、持三十二相者。我从那些长老面前听闻,从面前领受:这是法,这是律,这是导师的教诫。』诸比库,对那位比库所说的,既不应欢喜……(中略)……也不与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这既非彼世尊之语;那些长老误受了。』诸比库,如此,你们应舍弃它。若使之与诸经相比对时……(中略)……也与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这是彼世尊之语;那些长老善受了。』诸比库,你们应忆持这第三大教法。」
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.
「诸比库,于此,比库如此说——『在名为某某的住处,有一位长老比库住,多闻、通晓传承、持法者、持律者、持三十二相者。我从那位长老面前听闻,从面前领受:这是法,这是律,这是导师的教诫。』诸比库,对那位比库所说的,既不应欢喜,也不应排斥。不欢喜、不排斥后,应善加忆持那些文句,应使之与诸经相比对,应使之与律相对照。若使之与诸经相比对时,与律相对照时,既不与诸经相合,也不与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这既非彼世尊之语;那位长老误受了。』诸比库,如此,你们应舍弃它。若使之与诸经相比对时,与律相对照时,既与诸经相合,也与律相应,应得出结论:『确实,这是彼世尊之语;那位长老善受了。』诸比库,你们应忆持这第四大教法。诸比库,你们应忆持这四大教法。」
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
在那里,世尊住在宝伽城阿难塔庙时,也多对诸比库作这法谈:「如此是戒,如此是定,如此是慧。修习戒成就的定有大果、大利益。修习定成就的慧有大果、大利益。修习慧成就的心完全从诸漏解脱,即:欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Kammāraputtacundavatthu铁匠子准德事
§189
Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
那时,世尊在宝伽城随意住已,告诉具寿阿难:「来,阿难,我们去巴瓦城。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧团一起抵达巴瓦城。在那里,世尊住在巴瓦城铁匠之子准达的芒果林中。铁匠之子准达听说:「世尊据说已到达巴瓦城,住在我的芒果林中。」那时,铁匠之子准达去见世尊;到达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、使铁匠之子准达欢喜,他坐于一旁。那时,铁匠之子准达被世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、使之欢喜后,对世尊如此说:「尊者,请世尊与比库僧团一起接受我明日的食物供养。」世尊以沉默接受了。那时,铁匠之子准达知道世尊已接受后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
那时,铁匠之子准达在那夜过后,在自己的住处准备了殊妙的副食、主食,以及大量的苏咖喇玛答瓦,使人告知世尊时间:「尊者,时间到了,食物已备办。」那时,世尊在上午时分着衣、持钵衣,与比库僧团一起去铁匠之子准达的住处;到达后,坐于所设的座位。坐下后,世尊告诉铁匠之子准达:「准达,你所备办的苏咖喇玛答瓦,用它来供养我。你所备办的其他副食、主食,用它来供养比库僧团。」「是的,尊者。」铁匠之子准达回答世尊后,用所备办的苏咖喇玛答瓦供养世尊。用所备办的其他副食、主食供养比库僧团。那时,世尊告诉铁匠之子准达:「准达,你剩余的苏咖喇玛答瓦,把它埋在坑中。准达,我在这包括天的世间、包括魔的世间、包括梵天的世间、包括沙门婆罗门的人天众中,看不到除了如来之外,有谁食用它能完全消化。」「是的,尊者。」铁匠之子准达回答世尊后,把剩余的苏咖喇玛答瓦埋在坑中后,去见世尊;到达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、使坐于一旁的铁匠之子准达欢喜后,从座起立离去。
§190
Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
那时,世尊食用了铁匠之子准达的食物后,生起了严重的疾病,血痢,生起了强烈的、濒临死亡的受。世尊具念、正知地忍受它,不被扰乱。那时,世尊告诉具寿阿难:「来,阿难,我们去库西那喇。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;
「食用了铁匠准达的食物后,我听说;」
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
智者触及疾病,强烈的、近于死亡的。
Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,
由于食用了猪喜欢的食物,
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
导师生起了强烈的疾病;
Virecamāno bhagavā avoca,
世尊在腹泻时说道,
Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.
「我将前往库西那拉城」。
Pānīyāharaṇaṃ取水
§191
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī karissatī’’ti.
那时,世尊从道路下来,走向某棵树下;走近后,对具寿阿难说——「来吧,阿难,请你为我铺设四折的桑喀帝,我疲倦了,阿难,我要坐下」。「是的,尊者」,具寿阿难应诺世尊后,铺设了四折的桑喀帝。世尊坐在所铺设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对具寿阿难说——「来吧,阿难,请你为我拿水来,我口渴了,阿难,我要喝」。如是说时,具寿阿难对世尊如此说道——「尊者,现在约五百辆车刚刚过去,那被车轮切过的水,少量的、搅动的、浑浊的在流动。尊者,这咖库达河不远,水清澈、水可意、水清凉、水透明、易于到达、令人愉悦。在那里世尊可以喝水,也可以使肢体清凉」。
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.
世尊第二次对具寿阿难说——「来吧,阿难,请你为我拿水来,我口渴了,阿难,我要喝」。具寿阿难第二次对世尊如此说道——「尊者,现在约五百辆车刚刚过去,那被车轮切过的水,少量的、搅动的、浑浊的在流动。尊者,这咖库达河不远,水清澈、水可意、水清凉、水透明、易于到达、令人愉悦。在那里世尊可以喝水,也可以使肢体清凉」。
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha . Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.
世尊第三次对具寿阿难说——「来吧,阿难,请你为我拿水来,我口渴了,阿难,我要喝」。「是的,尊者」,具寿阿难应诺世尊后,拿了钵,走向那条小河。那时,那条被车轮切过的、少量的、搅动的、浑浊的、正在流动的小河,在具寿阿难走近时,变得清澈、清净、不浑浊地流动。那时,具寿阿难生起此念:「实在不可思议啊,先生,实在未曾有啊,先生,如来的大神通力、大威力。因为这条被车轮切过的、少量的、搅动的、浑浊的、正在流动的小河,在我走近时,变得清澈、清净、不浑浊地流动」。他用钵取了水,走向世尊;走近后,对世尊如此说道——「不可思议啊,尊者,未曾有啊,尊者,如来的大神通力、大威力。尊者,现在那条被车轮切过的、少量的、搅动的、浑浊的、正在流动的小河,在我走近时,变得清澈、清净、不浑浊地流动。愿世尊饮水,愿善逝饮水」。那时,世尊饮了水。
Pukkusamallaputtavatthu布咕萨马喇子事
§192
Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.
那时,玛拉之子布库沙是阿喇拉·咖喇玛的弟子,正在从库西那喇到巴瓦的旅途中。布库沙·玛拉之子看见世尊坐在某棵树下。看见后,他去到世尊那里;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边的布库沙·玛拉之子对世尊这样说:「尊者,不可思议啊!尊者,未曾有啊!尊者,诸出家者确实以寂静的住处而住。尊者,过去,阿喇拉·咖喇玛在旅途中,离开道路,在不远处的某棵树下坐日间住。尊者,那时,大约五百辆车一辆接一辆地从阿喇拉·咖喇玛旁边经过。尊者,那时,某人跟在那车队后面,去到阿喇拉·咖喇玛那里;去到后,对阿喇拉·咖喇玛这样说:『尊者,你可看见大约五百辆车经过吗?』『朋友,我没有看见。』『那么,尊者,你听到声音了吗?』『朋友,我没有听到声音。』『那么,尊者,你睡着了吗?』『朋友,我没有睡着。』『那么,尊者,你有意识吗?』『是的,朋友。』『尊者,那么你有意识且清醒,大约五百辆车一辆接一辆地从旁边经过,你既没有看见,也没有听到声音;而且,尊者,你的外衣被尘土覆盖了?』『是的,朋友。』尊者,那时,那人这样想:『实在不可思议啊!实在未曾有啊!诸出家者确实以寂静的住处而住。因为他有意识且清醒,大约五百辆车一辆接一辆地从旁边经过,他既没有看见,也没有听到声音!』他对阿喇拉·咖喇玛表达了极大的净信后离去。」
§193
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni , sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.
「布库沙,你怎么想:哪一个更难做或更难达成——有意识且清醒,大约五百辆车一辆接一辆地从旁边经过,既不看见,也不听到声音;还是有意识且清醒,当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,既不看见,也不听到声音?」「尊者,五百辆车、六百辆车、七百辆车、八百辆车、九百辆车、一千辆车或十万辆车算什么呢?这个更难做且更难达成:有意识且清醒,当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,既不看见,也不听到声音。」
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā . Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?
「布库沙,一时,我住在阿图玛的打谷场。那时,当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,在打谷场不远处,两个农夫兄弟和四头耕牛被击毙。布库沙,那时,一大群人从阿图玛出来,去到那两个被击毙的农夫兄弟和四头耕牛那里。布库沙,那时,我从打谷场出来,在打谷场门外的露天处经行。布库沙,那时,某人从那大群人中来到我这里;来到后,礼敬我,站在一边。布库沙,我对站在一边的那人这样说:『朋友,为什么这一大群人聚集?』『尊者,刚才当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,两个农夫兄弟和四头耕牛被击毙。这一大群人聚集在那里。但是,尊者,你在哪里?』『朋友,我就在这里。』『那么,尊者,你看见了吗?』『朋友,我没有看见。』『那么,尊者,你听到声音了吗?』『朋友,我没有听到声音。』『那么,尊者,你睡着了吗?』『朋友,我没有睡着。』『那么,尊者,你有意识吗?』『是的,朋友。』『尊者,那么你有意识且清醒,当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,你既没有看见,也没有听到声音?』『是的,朋友。』
‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti . Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.
「布库沙,那时,那人这样想:『实在不可思议啊!实在未曾有啊!诸出家者确实以寂静的住处而住。因为他有意识且清醒,当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时,他既没有看见,也没有听到声音!』他对我表达了极大的净信后,礼敬我,作右绕后离去。」
Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
如是说已,布库沙·玛拉之子对世尊这样说:「尊者,我对阿喇拉·咖喇玛的净信,我要么让它被大风吹走,要么让它被急流的河水冲走。尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,犹如扶正倾覆者,或揭开被覆盖者,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯『有眼者将看见诸色』;同样地,世尊以种种方式阐明了法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法和比库僧团。愿世尊忆持我为近事男,从今天起终生皈依。」
§194
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari . Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
那时,布库沙·玛拉之子召唤某人:「来,朋友,请你拿来那对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服。」「是的,尊者。」那人应诺布库沙·玛拉之子后,拿来了那对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服。那时,布库沙·玛拉之子将那对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服献给世尊:「尊者,这对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服,愿世尊出于怜悯接受它。」「那么,布库沙,用一件给我披上,用一件给阿难达。」「是的,尊者。」布库沙·玛拉之子应诺世尊后,用一件给世尊披上,用一件给具寿阿难达披上。那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使布库沙·玛拉之子欢喜。那时,布库沙·玛拉之子被世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。
§195
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati . Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
那时,在布库沙·玛拉之子离去不久,具寿阿难达将那对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服献给世尊的身体。献给世尊的身体时,它看起来好像失去了光泽。那时,具寿阿难达对世尊这样说:「尊者,不可思议啊!尊者,未曾有啊!尊者,如来的肤色是多么清净、明净啊!尊者,这对金色的、价值一百的、可穿的衣服献给世尊的身体时,看起来好像失去了光泽。」「正是如此,阿难达,正是如此,阿难达,在两个时候,如来的身体极其清净,肤色明净。哪两个?阿难达,如来现等觉无上正等正觉的那个夜晚,以及在无余涅槃界般涅槃的那个夜晚。阿难达,在这两个时候,如来的身体极其清净,肤色明净。阿难达,今天,在后夜分,在库西那喇的乌巴瓦答那、玛拉们的沙喇林、双沙喇树之间,如来将般涅槃。来吧,阿难达,我们去咖古达河。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难达应诺世尊。
Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;
布库沙献上了那对金色的、价值一百的衣服;
Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.
被那(袈裟)所覆盖,导师金色辉耀。
§196
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.
那时,世尊与大比库僧团一起前往咖古达河;抵达后,进入咖古达河,沐浴并饮水后上岸,前往芒果林。抵达后,世尊对具寿准达咖说:「来吧,准达咖,请你为我铺设四折的桑喀帝,我疲倦了,准达咖,我要躺下。」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.
「是的,尊者。」具寿准达咖回答世尊后,铺设了四折的桑喀帝。那时,世尊以右胁作狮子卧,足足相叠,具念、正知,作意起来之想。而具寿准达咖就在那里坐于世尊面前。
Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,
佛陀前往咖古达河,
Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;
清澈之水、悦意之水、清净透明;
Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo ,
导师身不疲倦而入水,
Tathāgato appaṭimo ca loke.
如来在世间无与伦比。
Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā ,
导师沐浴并饮水后上岸,
Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
在比库众的前面与中间;
Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,
世尊在此法中说法、转法,
Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.
大仙前往芒果林。
Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
他召唤名叫准达的比库,
Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;
「为我铺设四折的卧具」;
So codito bhāvitattena cundo,
准达被已修习心者所劝请,
Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.
迅速地铺设了四折的卧具。
Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,
导师以不疲倦之身躺卧,
Cundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.
军荼也在那里坐在前面。
§197
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho , panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,可能会有人对铁匠之子军荼生起追悔:『朋友军荼,你无所得,你得不到善利,因为如来食用了你最后的钵食后般涅槃了。』阿难,应当如此消除铁匠之子军荼的追悔:『朋友军荼,你有所得,你得到善利,因为如来食用了你最后的钵食后般涅槃了。朋友军荼,我从世尊面前亲自听闻、亲自领受:有两种钵食有同等之果、同等之果报,比其他钵食有更大之果、更大之利益。哪两种?如来食用了钵食后现等觉无上正等正觉,以及如来食用了钵食后般涅槃于无余涅槃界。这两种钵食有同等之果、同等之果报,比其他钵食有更大之果、更大之利益。具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向寿命的业,具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向美貌的业,具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向安乐的业,具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向名声的业,具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向天界的业,具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向主权的业。』阿难,应当如此消除铁匠之子军荼的追悔。」那时,世尊了知此义后,于那时自说此优陀那:
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
「布施者福德增长,
Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
自制者怨恨不积聚;
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,
善巧者舍断恶,
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.
由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而涅槃。」
Catuttho bhāṇavāro. · 第四诵品
Yamakasālā双娑罗树
§198
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「来吧,阿难,我们去希拉尼亚瓦底河的彼岸,去库西那拉的马拉族乌帕瓦塔那娑罗树林。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时,世尊与大比库僧团一起去希拉尼亚瓦底河的彼岸,去库西那拉的马拉族乌帕瓦塔那娑罗树林。到达后,对具寿阿难说:「来吧,阿难,你为我在双娑罗树之间铺设头朝北的卧床,阿难,我疲倦了,我要躺下。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后,在双娑罗树之间铺设了头朝北的卧床。那时,世尊以右胁作狮子卧,足足相叠,具念、正知。
Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
那时,双娑罗树全部开满花朵,非时之花。它们散落、遍散、撒满如来之身,为了供养如来。天界的曼陀罗花从空中飘落,它们散落、遍散、撒满如来之身,为了供养如来。天界的栴檀香粉从空中飘落,它们散落、遍散、撒满如来之身,为了供养如来。天界的乐器在空中演奏,为了供养如来。天界的歌唱在空中响起,为了供养如来。
§199
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati , paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.
那时,世尊对具寿阿难说:「阿难,娑罗双树全部开满了非时之花。它们散落、遍散、撒落在如来的身体上,以供养如来。天界的曼陀罗花从空中飘落,它们散落、遍散、撒落在如来的身体上,以供养如来。天界的旃檀粉从空中飘落,它们散落、遍散、撒落在如来的身体上,以供养如来。天界的乐器在空中演奏,以供养如来。天界的歌声在空中响起,以供养如来。阿难,但如来并非因此而被恭敬、被尊重、被崇敬、被供养、被礼敬。阿难,凡是比库、比库尼、近事男或近事女,住于随法而行、如理而行、随顺法而行者,他才是恭敬如来、尊重、崇敬、供养、礼敬,以最上的供养。因此,阿难,我们应当住于随法而行、如理而行、随顺法而行。阿难,你们应当如此学。」
Upavāṇatthero伍巴瓦那长老
§200
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.
那时,具寿伍巴瓦那站在世尊前面,为世尊扇风。那时,世尊让具寿伍巴瓦那离开:「比库,走开,不要站在我前面。」那时,具寿阿难这样想:「这位具寿伍巴瓦那长久以来是世尊的侍者,亲近须跋,近身须跋。然而世尊在最后时刻却让具寿伍巴瓦那离开:『比库,走开,不要站在我前面。』什么因、什么缘,世尊让具寿伍巴瓦那离开:『比库,走开,不要站在我前面』?」那时,具寿阿难对世尊说:「大德,这位具寿伍巴瓦那长久以来是世尊的侍者,亲近须跋,近身须跋。然而世尊在最后时刻却让具寿伍巴瓦那离开:『比库,走开,不要站在我前面。』大德,什么因、什么缘,世尊让具寿伍巴瓦那离开:『比库,走开,不要站在我前面』?」「阿难,十个世界界的大多数天人都聚集来见如来。阿难,在库西那拉伍巴瓦他那玛拉人的娑罗林周围十二由旬之内,没有一处连发尖端那么小的地方不被大威力的天人所充满。阿难,天人们抱怨:『我们从远方来见如来。如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者难得出现于世间。今夜后夜时分,如来将般涅槃。这位大威力的比库站在世尊前面遮挡,我们在最后时刻无法见到如来。』」
§201
‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti ? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti , āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.
「大德,世尊所想的天人是怎样的呢?」「阿难,有在虚空中有地想的天人,她们散发披头而哭泣,高举双臂而哭泣,如被斩首般倒下,辗转翻滚:『世尊般涅槃太快了!善逝般涅槃太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!』」
‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.
「阿难,有在地上有地想的天人,她们散发披头而哭泣,高举双臂而哭泣,如被斩首般倒下,辗转翻滚:『世尊般涅槃太快了!善逝般涅槃太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!』」
‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.
「但那些离贪的天人,她们具念、正知地忍受:『诸行无常,在此怎能得到?』」
Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni四悚惧处
§202
‘‘Pubbe , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.
「大德,以前,各方雨季安居后的比库们来见如来。我们得以见到、得以亲近那些令心喜悦的比库们。大德,但世尊去世后,我们将不能见到、不能亲近那些令心喜悦的比库们。」
‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.
「阿难,有四处是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。哪四处?『如来在此出生』,阿难,这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此证得无上正等正觉』,阿难,这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此转无上法轮』,阿难,这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此以无余涅槃界般涅槃』,阿难,这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。阿难,这四处是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。」
‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.
「阿难,有信的比库、比库尼、近事男、近事女们将会来:『如来在此出生』,『如来在此证得无上正等正觉』,『如来在此转无上法轮』,『如来在此以无余涅槃界般涅槃』。阿难,凡是以净信心巡礼塔庙而命终者,他们一切身坏命终后,都将往生善趣、天界。」
Ānandapucchākathā阿难问论
§203
‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti . ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.
「尊者,我们应当如何对待女人?」「阿难,不见。」「世尊,见到时应当如何对待?」「阿难,不交谈。」「尊者,但交谈时应当如何对待?」「阿难,应当现起念。」
§204
‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha , sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.
「尊者,我们应当如何对待如来的身体?」「阿难,你们不要为如来身体的供养而忙碌。来吧,阿难,你们应当为真实义而努力、致力,为真实义而不放逸、热诚、专注而住。阿难,有对如来具足净信的刹帝利贤者、婆罗门贤者、居士贤者,他们将作如来身体的供养。」
§205
‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
「尊者,但应当如何对待如来的身体?」「阿难,如同对待转轮王的身体那样,应当对待如来的身体。」「尊者,但如何对待转轮王的身体?」「阿难,以新布包裹转轮王的身体,以新布包裹后,以梳理过的棉花包裹,以梳理过的棉花包裹后,以新布包裹。以此方法用五百双布包裹转轮王的身体后,放入铁油槽中,以另一个铁槽盖住,作一切香的火葬堆,火化转轮王的身体。在四衢道建造转轮王的塔。阿难,如此对待转轮王的身体。阿难,如同对待转轮王的身体那样,应当对待如来的身体。应当在四衢道建造如来的塔。在那里,凡供奉花、香或香粉,或礼敬,或净信心者,那将长久利益他们、使他们快乐。」
Thūpārahapuggalo应得塔者
§206
‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.
「阿难,有此四种应受塔供养者。哪四种?如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者应受塔供养,辟支佛应受塔供养,如来的弟子应受塔供养,转轮王应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.
「阿难,缘于什么义利,如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者应受塔供养?阿难,『这是彼世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的塔』,众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,缘于此义利,如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.
「阿难,缘于什么义利,辟支佛应受塔供养?阿难,『这是彼世尊辟支佛的塔』,众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,缘于此义利,辟支佛应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.
「阿难,缘于什么义利,如来的弟子应受塔供养?阿难,『这是彼世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的弟子的塔』,众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,缘于此义利,如来的弟子应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.
「阿难,缘于什么义利,转轮王应受塔供养?阿难,『这是彼如法的法王的塔』,众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后,身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难,缘于此义利,转轮王应受塔供养。阿难,此为四种应受塔供养者。」
Ānandaacchariyadhammo阿难稀有法
§207
Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.
那时,具寿阿难陀进入住处后,倚着门闩哭泣站立着——「我确实还是有学、有所应作,而我的导师将般涅槃,他是怜愍我的。」那时,世尊对诸比库说——「诸比库,阿难陀在哪里?」「尊者,这位具寿阿难陀进入住处后,倚着门闩哭泣站立着——『我确实还是有学、有所应作,而我的导师将般涅槃,他是怜愍我的。』」那时,世尊对某位比库说——「来,比库,你以我的名义告诉阿难陀——『贤友阿难陀,导师叫你。』」「是的,尊者。」那位比库回答世尊后,前往具寿阿难陀所在之处;抵达后,对具寿阿难陀这样说——「贤友阿难陀,导师叫你。」「是的,贤友。」具寿阿难陀回答那位比库后,前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿阿难陀这样说——「够了,阿难陀,不要悲伤,不要悲泣。阿难陀,这不是已被我预先说过吗——『对一切所爱的、可意的,有别离、分离、异离』;阿难陀,在这里,从何能得到这个呢?凡是已生的、已成的、有为的、坏灭法,『愿如来的身体不要坏灭』,这是须跋的。阿难陀,你长久以慈的身业须跋如来,有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的,以慈的语业有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的,以慈的意业有益的、安乐的、无二的、无量的。阿难陀,你已作福,致力于精勤,你将迅速成为无漏者。」
§208
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ , ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.
那时,世尊对诸比库说——「诸比库,凡过去世的那些阿拉汉、正等正觉者,那些世尊也有最上的侍者,正如我的阿难陀。诸比库,凡未来世的那些阿拉汉、正等正觉者,那些世尊也将有最上的侍者,正如我的阿难陀。诸比库,阿难陀是贤智者;诸比库,阿难陀是有慧者。他知道『这是诸比库前来见如来的时候,这是诸比库尼的时候,这是诸近事男的时候,这是诸近事女的时候,这是国王、大臣、外道、外道弟子的时候。』」
§209
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
「诸比库,阿难陀有这四种稀有、未曾有法。哪四种?诸比库,如果比库众前来见阿难陀,他们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,他们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,比库众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,如果比库尼众前来见阿难陀,她们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,她们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,比库尼众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,如果近事男众前来见阿难陀,他们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,他们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,近事男众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,如果近事女众前来见阿难陀,她们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,她们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,近事女众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,这些是阿难陀的四种稀有、未曾有法。」
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.
「诸比库,转轮王有这四种稀有、未曾有法。哪四种?诸比库,如果刹帝利众前来见转轮王,他们因见而心喜。如果转轮王在那里说话,他们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,刹帝利众尚未满足,然后转轮王沉默。诸比库,如果婆罗门众……居士众……沙门众前来见转轮王,他们因见而心喜。如果转轮王在那里说话,他们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,沙门众尚未满足,然后转轮王沉默。同样地,诸比库,阿难陀有这四种稀有、未曾有法。诸比库,如果比库众前来见阿难陀,他们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,他们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,比库众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,如果比库尼众……近事男众……近事女众前来见阿难陀,她们因见而心喜。如果阿难陀在那里说法,她们也因所说而心喜。诸比库,近事女众尚未满足,然后阿难陀沉默。诸比库,这些是阿难陀的四种稀有、未曾有法。」
Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā大善见经说示
§210
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.
如是说时,具寿阿难陀对世尊这样说——「尊者,请世尊不要在这小城、荒芜城、枝末城般涅槃。尊者,有其他大城,即:瞻波、王舍城、沙瓦提、萨咖答、国桑比、巴拉纳西;请世尊在那里般涅槃。在那里有许多大刹帝利、大婆罗门、大居士对如来具足净信。他们将作如来的身体供养。」「阿难陀,不要这样说;阿难陀,不要这样说——『小城、荒芜城、枝末城』。」
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.
「阿难陀,过去世有名叫大善见的国王,是转轮王、如法的法王,征服四方,获得国土的安稳,具足七宝。阿难陀,大善见王的这个库西那拉名叫库沙瓦提王都,从东到西长十二由旬;从北到南宽七由旬。阿难陀,库沙瓦提王都繁荣、兴盛、人众多、人满为患、食物丰足。阿难陀,譬如诸天的阿喇咖曼达名王都繁荣、兴盛、亚卡众多、亚卡满为患、食物丰足;同样地,阿难陀,库沙瓦提王都繁荣、兴盛、人众多、人满为患、食物丰足。阿难陀,库沙瓦提王都日夜不离十种声音,即:象声、马声、车声、鼓声、腰鼓声、琵琶声、歌声、螺声、铙钹声、拍掌声,以及『吃吧、喝吧、嚼吧』为第十种声音。」
‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.
「阿难陀,你去,进入库西那拉后,告知库西那拉的马拉们——『瓦些德们,今夜后夜时分,如来将般涅槃。瓦些德们,请前来,请前来。不要以后后悔——如来在我们村境般涅槃,我们未能在最后时刻见如来。』」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难陀回答世尊后,穿好衣,持钵与衣,以一人为伴,进入库西那拉。」
Mallānaṃ vandanā马喇人的礼敬
§211
Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
那时,库西那拉的马拉们因某事聚集在集会堂。那时,具寿阿难陀前往库西那拉马拉们的集会堂;抵达后,告知库西那拉的马拉们——「瓦些德们,今夜后夜时分,如来将般涅槃。瓦些德们,请前来,请前来。不要以后后悔——『如来在我们村境般涅槃,我们未能在最后时刻见如来。』」听到具寿阿难陀的这番话后,马拉们、马拉之子们、马拉之媳们、马拉之妻们悲伤、忧愁、心苦恼,有些人散发而哭泣,伸展手臂而哭泣,如被砍断足而倒下,辗转翻滚——「世尊将太快般涅槃,善逝将太快般涅槃,世间之眼将太快隐没。」那时,马拉们、马拉之子们、马拉之媳们、马拉之妻们悲伤、忧愁、心苦恼,前往马拉们的乌巴瓦答那娑罗林,前往具寿阿难陀所在之处。那时,具寿阿难陀这样想——「如果我让库西那拉的马拉们一个一个地礼敬世尊,库西那拉的马拉们将未能礼敬世尊,而这夜将破晓。我何不让库西那拉的马拉们一家一家地安排后礼敬世尊——『尊者,名叫某某的马拉与子、与妻、与随从、与大臣以头礼敬世尊足。』」那时,具寿阿难陀让库西那拉的马拉们一家一家地安排后礼敬世尊——「尊者,名叫某某的马拉与子、与妻、与随从、与大臣以头礼敬世尊足。」那时,具寿阿难陀以这方法在初夜时分让库西那拉的马拉们礼敬世尊。
Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu游方者苏跋德事
§212
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.
尔时,名为须跋陀的游方者住在库西那拉。须跋陀游方者听闻:「据说今日后夜时分,沙门果德玛将般涅槃。」于是须跋陀游方者生起此念:「我曾听闻年长、年老的游方者导师们说:『如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者极少出现于世间。』今日后夜时分,沙门果德玛将般涅槃。我生起了这个疑法,我对沙门果德玛有如此的净信:『沙门果德玛能为我说法,使我能舍断这个疑法。』」于是须跋陀游方者前往马拉的乌巴瓦答那娑罗林,去到具寿阿难陀处;抵达后,对具寿阿难陀如此说:「阿难陀贤友,我曾听闻年长、年老的游方者导师们说:『如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者极少出现于世间。』今日后夜时分,沙门果德玛将般涅槃。我生起了这个疑法,我对沙门果德玛有如此的净信:『沙门果德玛能为我说法,使我能舍断这个疑法。』阿难陀贤友,善哉,愿我能得见沙门果德玛。」如此说时,具寿阿难陀对须跋陀游方者如此说:「够了,须跋陀贤友,不要打扰如来,世尊疲倦了。」第二次,须跋陀游方者……第三次,须跋陀游方者对具寿阿难陀如此说:「阿难陀贤友,我曾听闻年长、年老的游方者导师们说:『如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者极少出现于世间。』今日后夜时分,沙门果德玛将般涅槃。我生起了这个疑法,我对沙门果德玛有如此的净信:『沙门果德玛能为我说法,使我能舍断这个疑法。』阿难陀贤友,善哉,愿我能得见沙门果德玛。」第三次,具寿阿难陀对须跋陀游方者如此说:「够了,须跋陀贤友,不要打扰如来,世尊疲倦了。」
§213
Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
世尊听到了具寿阿难陀与须跋陀游方者的这番谈话。于是世尊对具寿阿难陀说:「够了,阿难陀,不要阻止须跋陀,阿难陀,让须跋陀得见如来。须跋陀无论问我什么,一切都是为了求知而问,不是为了打扰。而我对他所问的回答,他将迅速了知。」于是具寿阿难陀对须跋陀游方者如此说:「须跋陀贤友,请去,世尊为你开许了。」于是须跋陀游方者前往世尊处;抵达后,与世尊互相问候,交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的须跋陀游方者对世尊如此说:「果德玛贤友,那些有僧团、有众、为众导师、知名、有名声、创立教派、被众人认为是善者的沙门婆罗门,即:富兰那咖沙巴、末卡利果沙喇、阿夷多翅舍钦婆喇、巴古德咖吒亚那、散吒耶贝喇德巴、尼干陀那德子,他们全都依自己的宣称而证知了吗?或者全都未证知?或者有些证知了,有些未证知?」「够了,须跋陀,且置此事——『他们全都依自己的宣称而证知了吗?或者全都未证知?或者有些证知了,有些未证知?』须跋陀,我将为你说法;你要听!要善作意!我将说。」「是的,尊者。」须跋陀游方者回答世尊。世尊如此说:
§214
‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi . Ime ca , subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.
「须跋陀,在任何法与律中,若不得见圣八支道,在那里也不得见沙门,在那里也不得见第二沙门,在那里也不得见第三沙门,在那里也不得见第四沙门。须跋陀,在任何法与律中,若得见圣八支道,在那里得见沙门,在那里得见第二沙门,在那里得见第三沙门,在那里得见第四沙门。须跋陀,在此法与律中得见圣八支道,须跋陀,唯在此有沙门,在此有第二沙门,在此有第三沙门,在此有第四沙门,其他外道空无沙门。须跋陀,若这些比库们正住,世间将不空缺阿拉汉。」
‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,
「须跋陀,我二十九岁时,」
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;
「出家寻求何为善,」
Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,
「须跋陀,自我出家以来,」
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.
「已超过五十年,」
Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,
「我行于正法之域,」
Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
在此之外,没有沙门。
‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.
「第二沙门也没有,第三沙门也没有,第四沙门也没有。其他外道的教说空无沙门。须跋陀,如果这些比库正住,世间将不空缺阿拉汉。」
§215
Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.
如是说已,游方者须跋陀对世尊如此说道——「尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,譬如把倾覆者扶正,或揭开被覆盖者,或为迷路者指示道路,或在黑暗中持来油灯,『有眼者将看见诸色』,正是如此,世尊以种种方便阐明了法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法与比库僧团。尊者,愿我能在世尊面前得到出家,愿我得到达上。」「须跋陀,凡先前是外道者,在此法与律中希求出家、希求达上,他须别住四个月。四个月过后,意乐的诸比库令其出家、授予达上以成为比库。然而,我知道这里有人的差别。」「尊者,如果先前是外道者,在此法与律中希求出家、希求达上,须别住四个月,四个月过后意乐的诸比库令其出家、授予达上以成为比库,那么我将别住四年,四年过后,意乐的诸比库令我出家、授予达上以成为比库。」
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.
于是世尊对具寿阿难说道:「那么,阿难,令须跋陀出家。」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难应诺世尊。于是游方者须跋陀对具寿阿难如此说道:「阿难学友,你们是有所得的;阿难学友,你们是善得的,你们在此于导师面前受了弟子的灌顶。」游方者须跋陀在世尊面前得到了出家,得到了达上。具寿须跋陀受达上不久,独自远离、不放逸、热诚、自励而住,不久——「为了此义,善男子正确地从在家出家成为非家」,他于现法中以自己的证智实现、作证、具足住于那无上梵行的终极。他证知:「生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。」具寿须跋陀成为阿拉汉之一。他是世尊最后的亲闻弟子。
Pañcamo bhāṇavāro. · 第五诵品
Tathāgatapacchimavācā如来最后的话
§216
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.
于是世尊对具寿阿难说道:「阿难,你们或许会如此想:『导师的教言已过去,我们没有导师了。』阿难,不应如此看待。阿难,我所教导、所制定的法与律,在我去世后,它将是你们的导师。阿难,现在诸比库彼此以「学友」之称相互称呼,在我去世后不应如此称呼。阿难,年长的比库应以名字、或姓氏、或「学友」之称称呼年少的比库。年少的比库应以「尊者」或「具寿」称呼年长的比库。阿难,僧团若愿意,在我去世后可以废除微细又微细的学处。阿难,在我去世后,应对比库阐那施以梵罚。」「尊者,什么是梵罚?」「阿难,比库阐那想说什么就说什么。诸比库既不应对他说话,也不应教诫他,也不应教导他。」
§217
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
于是世尊对诸比库说道:「诸比库,或许有某一位比库对佛、或对法、或对僧团、或对道、或对道迹有疑惑或犹豫,诸比库,你们问吧,莫要以后后悔:『我们的导师曾面对面在场,我们未能当面请问世尊。』」如是说已,那些比库沉默不语。世尊第二次……世尊第三次对诸比库说道:「诸比库,或许有某一位比库对佛、或对法、或对僧团、或对道、或对道迹有疑惑或犹豫,诸比库,你们问吧,莫要以后后悔:『我们的导师曾面对面在场,我们未能当面请问世尊。』」第三次那些比库也沉默不语。于是世尊对诸比库说道:「诸比库,或许你们出于对导师的尊敬而不问。诸比库,朋友也可以告诉朋友。」如是说已,那些比库沉默不语。于是具寿阿难对世尊如此说道:「尊者,太稀有了!尊者,太未曾有了!尊者,我对此比库僧团有如此的净信:『在此比库僧团中,没有任何一位比库对佛、或对法、或对僧团、或对道、或对道迹有疑惑或犹豫。』」「阿难,你是出于净信而说,然而,阿难,如来在此有智。在此比库僧团中,没有任何一位比库对佛、或对法、或对僧团、或对道、或对道迹有疑惑或犹豫。阿难,在这五百位比库中,最后的那位比库是入流者,不退堕法,决定趣向正觉。」
§218
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
于是世尊对诸比库说道:「那么,诸比库,现在我告诫你们:诸行是坏灭法,以不放逸而成就。」这是如来的最后之语。
Parinibbutakathā般涅槃论
§219
Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.
于是世尊证入初禅,从初禅出起后证入第二禅,从第二禅出起后证入第三禅,从第三禅出起后证入第四禅。从第四禅出起后证入空无边处,从空无边处定出起后证入识无边处,从识无边处定出起后证入无所有处,从无所有处定出起后证入非想非非想处,从非想非非想处定出起后证入想受灭。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha , bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.
那时,具寿阿难对具寿阿奴卢塔说:「尊者阿奴卢塔,世尊般涅槃了。」「贤友阿难,世尊未般涅槃,他进入了想受灭。」
Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.
那时,世尊从想受灭定出来后,进入非想非非想处;从非想非非想处定出来后,进入无所有处;从无所有处定出来后,进入识无边处;从识无边处定出来后,进入空无边处;从空无边处定出来后,进入第四禅那;从第四禅那出来后,进入第三禅那;从第三禅那出来后,进入第二禅那;从第二禅那出来后,进入第一禅那;从第一禅那出来后,进入第二禅那;从第二禅那出来后,进入第三禅那;从第三禅那出来后,进入第四禅那;从第四禅那出来后,紧接着世尊般涅槃了。
§220
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,发生了大地震,令人恐怖、身毛竖立。天鼓也响起了。世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,梵天娑婆主说了这个偈颂:
‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;
「一切有情在世间,都将舍弃诸积聚;
Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;
在那里有如此导师,世间无与伦比者;
Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.
如来具足诸力者,正自觉者般涅槃。」
§221
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,天人之主萨咖说了这个偈颂:
‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;
「诸行确实是无常,是生灭之法;
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.
生起后灭去,它们的止息是乐。
§222
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,具寿阿奴卢度说了这些偈颂——
‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;
「那位心住立、如如者,没有入息出息;
Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.
牟尼无欲求,依于寂静,作了时节。
‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;
以不退缩之心,他忍受诸受;
Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.
如灯焰之涅槃,心解脱已成就。」
§223
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
世尊般涅槃时,与般涅槃同时,具寿阿难陀说了这个偈颂——
‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;
「那时确实令人恐怖,那时确实令人毛骨悚然;
Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.
一切行相具足者,正觉者已般涅槃。
§224
Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
世尊般涅槃时,那些在那里未离贪的比库们,有些人伸展手臂而哭泣,如被砍断之物倒下,辗转翻滚:「世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!」然而那些已离贪的比库们,他们具念、正知地忍受:「诸行无常,于此如何可得?」
§225
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti ?
那时,具寿阿奴卢塔告诉诸比库:「够了,诸具寿,不要悲伤,不要悲泣。诸具寿,这不是世尊先前已说过的吗——『一切可爱的、可意的,都有别离、分离、异离』?诸具寿,于此如何可得?『凡是已生的、已成的、有为的、败坏法,愿它不败坏』,这是须跋的。诸具寿,诸天人在抱怨。」「尊者,具寿阿奴卢塔心中想的是什么样的天人呢?」
‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.
「具寿阿难,有虚空中具地想的天人,她们散发而哭泣,伸展手臂而哭泣,如被砍断之物倒下,辗转翻滚:『世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!』具寿阿难,有地上具地想的天人,她们散发而哭泣,伸展手臂而哭泣,如被砍断之物倒下,辗转翻滚:『世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!』然而那些已离贪的天人,她们具念、正知地忍受:『诸行无常,于此如何可得?』那时,具寿阿奴卢塔和具寿阿难以法谈度过了那夜的剩余时间。
§226
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.
那时,具寿阿奴卢塔告诉具寿阿难:「具寿阿难,你去进入库西那拉,向库西那拉的马拉们宣告:『瓦些德们,世尊已般涅槃,现在你们认为是时候了。』」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难回答具寿阿奴卢塔后,在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,与另一人一起进入库西那拉。那时,库西那拉的马拉们正因那件事聚集在议事厅。那时,具寿阿难前往库西那拉的马拉们的议事厅;抵达后,向库西那拉的马拉们宣告:『瓦些德们,世尊已般涅槃,现在你们认为是时候了。』听到具寿阿难的这番话,马拉们、马拉之子们、马拉之媳们、马拉之妻们都悲伤、忧愁、心意痛苦,有些人散发而哭泣,伸展手臂而哭泣,如被砍断之物倒下,辗转翻滚:『世尊般涅槃得太快了!善逝般涅槃得太快了!世间之眼消失得太快了!』
Buddhasarīrapūjā佛陀舍利供养
§227
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
那时,库西那拉的马拉们命令人们:『那么,贤友,请在库西那拉收集香、花环和所有的乐器。』那时,库西那拉的马拉们拿着香、花环和所有的乐器以及五百套衣服,前往乌巴瓦塔那马拉们的娑罗林,前往世尊的遗体处;抵达后,以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花环、香恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的遗体,制作布幔、准备圆形帐篷,度过了一天。
Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
那时,库西那拉的马拉们这样想:『今天火化世尊的遗体太晚了,明天我们将火化世尊的遗体。』那时,库西那拉的马拉们以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花环、香恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的遗体,制作布幔、准备圆形帐篷,度过了第二天,度过了第三天,度过了第四天,度过了第五天,度过了第六天。
Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.
那时,到了第七天,库西那拉的马拉们这样想:『我们以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花环、香恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的遗体,从城的南边经南边运送,从城外经外面,在城的南边火化世尊的遗体。』
§228
Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
尔时,八位马喇族的领袖已沐浴头部,穿着新衣,「我们将举起世尊的身体」,却不能举起。于是,库西那拉的马喇人对具寿阿奴卢塔说:「尊者阿奴卢塔,什么因、什么缘,这八位马喇族的领袖已沐浴头部,穿着新衣,「我们将举起世尊的身体」,却不能举起?」「瓦些塔们,你们的意向是一种,天人们的意向是另一种。」「尊者,那么天人们的意向是什么?」「瓦些塔们,你们的意向是:「我们以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花鬘、香,恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的身体,从城的南边绕到南边,从外面绕到外面,在城的南边火化世尊的身体」;瓦些塔们,天人们的意向是:「我们以天的舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、香,恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的身体,从城的北边绕到北边,从北门进入城,从城的中央绕到中央,从东门出去,在城的东边名为玛古德邦达那的马喇人的塔庙处,在那里火化世尊的身体」。」「尊者,如天人们的意向,就那样吧。」
§229
Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
尔时,库西那拉直到街巷、垃圾堆、十字路口,都铺满了膝盖深的曼陀罗花。于是,天人们和库西那拉的马喇人以天的和人的舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花鬘、香,恭敬、尊重、尊敬、供养世尊的身体,从城的北边绕到北边,从北门进入城,从城的中央绕到中央,从东门出去,在城的东边名为玛古德邦达那的马喇人的塔庙处,在那里放下了世尊的身体。
§230
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.
于是,库西那拉的马喇人对具寿阿难说:「尊者阿难,我们应如何对待如来的身体?」「瓦些塔们,如对待转轮王的身体那样,应如此对待如来的身体。」「尊者阿难,那么如何对待转轮王的身体?」「瓦些塔们,以新布包裹转轮王的身体,以新布包裹后,以梳理过的棉花包裹,以梳理过的棉花包裹后,以新布包裹。以此方法用五百双布包裹转轮王的身体后,放入铁油槽中,用另一个铁槽盖住,做诸香的火葬堆,火化转轮王的身体。在四衢道建造转轮王的塔。瓦些塔们,如此对待转轮王的身体。瓦些塔们,如对待转轮王的身体那样,应如此对待如来的身体。应在四衢道建造如来的塔。在那里,凡供奉花鬘、香、香粉,或礼敬,或使心净信者,那将长久利益他们、使他们快乐。」于是,库西那拉的马喇人命令人们:「那么,朋友,请收集马喇人的梳理过的棉花。」
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.
于是,库西那拉的马喇人以新布包裹世尊的身体后,以梳理过的棉花包裹,以梳理过的棉花包裹后,以新布包裹。以此方法用五百双布包裹世尊的身体后,放入铁油槽中,用另一个铁槽盖住,做诸香的火葬堆,将世尊的身体放上火葬堆。
Mahākassapattheravatthu大咖萨巴长老事
§231
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
尔时,具寿玛哈咖沙巴正与大比库僧团,约五百位比库一起,在从巴瓦到库西那拉的路上行走。于是,具寿玛哈咖沙巴离开道路,坐在某棵树下。尔时,某位邪命外道从库西那拉拿着曼陀罗花,正在往巴瓦的路上行走。具寿玛哈咖沙巴看见那位邪命外道从远处走来,看见后对那位邪命外道说:「朋友,你知道我们的导师吗?」「是的,朋友,我知道,今天第七天沙门果德玛般涅槃了。因此我拿了这曼陀罗花。」在那里,那些未离贪的比库们,有些举起手臂哭泣,扑倒在地,辗转翻滚:「世尊般涅槃得太快了,善逝般涅槃得太快了,世间的眼消失得太快了。」但那些已离贪的比库们,他们具念、正知地忍受:「诸行无常,在此怎么可能得到呢?」
§232
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
尔时,名叫须跋德的晚年出家者坐在那个集会中。于是,晚年出家者须跋德对那些比库说:「够了,朋友们,不要悲伤,不要哀泣,我们已很好地脱离了那位大沙门。我们被烦扰:「这适合你们,这不适合你们」。现在我们想做什么就做什么,不想做什么就不做什么。」于是,具寿玛哈咖沙巴告诉比库们:「够了,朋友们,不要悲伤,不要哀泣。朋友们,这不是世尊预先说过的吗:「一切所爱、所喜者有别离、分离、异离」。朋友们,在此怎么可能得到呢?「凡已生、已成、有为、败坏法者,如来的身体也不要败坏」,这是须跋的。」
§233
Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
尔时,四位马喇族的领袖已沐浴头部,穿着新衣,「我们将点燃世尊的火葬堆」,却不能点燃。于是,库西那拉的马喇人对具寿阿奴卢塔说:「尊者阿奴卢塔,什么因、什么缘,这四位马喇族的领袖已沐浴头部,穿着新衣,「我们将点燃世尊的火葬堆」,却不能点燃?」「瓦些塔们,天人们的意向是另一种。」「尊者,那么天人们的意向是什么?」「瓦些塔们,天人们的意向是:「这位具寿玛哈咖沙巴正与大比库僧团,约五百位比库一起,在从巴瓦到库西那拉的路上行走。世尊的火葬堆将不会燃烧,直到具寿玛哈咖沙巴以头礼敬世尊的足」。」「尊者,如天人们的意向,就那样吧。」
§234
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.
于是,具寿玛哈咖沙巴去到库西那拉名为玛古德邦达那的马喇人的塔庙,去到世尊的火葬堆;到达后,偏袒一肩,合掌,绕火葬堆三圈后,以头礼敬世尊的足。那五百位比库也偏袒一肩,合掌,绕火葬堆三圈后,以头礼敬世尊的足。当具寿玛哈咖沙巴和那五百位比库礼敬后,世尊的火葬堆自己燃烧起来。
§235
Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
然而,当世尊的身体燃烧时,凡是皮肤、表皮、肌肉、筋腱、关节液,这些既没有出现灰烬,也没有烟灰;只剩下舍利。譬如酥油或油燃烧时,既没有出现灰烬,也没有烟灰;同样地,当世尊的身体燃烧时,凡是皮肤、表皮、肌肉、筋腱、关节液,这些既没有出现灰烬,也没有烟灰;只剩下舍利。那五百双衣中,只有两件衣没有烧掉,即最里面的和最外面的。当世尊的身体烧尽后,从虚空中出现水流,熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。沙喇树也倾泻水流,熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。拘尸那喇的马拉们也用一切香水熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。那时,拘尸那喇的马拉们在集会堂里,用矛栏围绕,用弓墙环绕,以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花鬘、香料,恭敬、尊重、尊敬、礼敬世尊的舍利七天。
Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ舍利分配
§236
Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
马嘎塔国王韦提希子阿迦塔萨图听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,马嘎塔国王韦提希子阿迦塔萨图派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我也是刹帝利,我也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
韦萨离的离车们听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,韦萨离的离车们派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
咖毕拉瓦图的萨咖们听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,咖毕拉瓦图的萨咖们派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊是我们最尊贵的亲族,我们也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti .
阿喇咖巴咖的布喇们听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,阿喇咖巴咖的布喇们派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
喇马咖马的科利亚们听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,喇马咖马的科利亚们派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
韦塔地巴咖婆罗门听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,韦塔地巴咖婆罗门派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我是婆罗门,我也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
巴瓦的马拉们听闻:「世尊已在拘尸那喇般涅槃。」那时,巴瓦的马拉们派遣使者到拘尸那喇的马拉们那里:「世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也有资格得到世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建造塔和大供养。」
Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.
如是说时,拘尸那罗的马拉们对那些团体、群众如是说:「世尊在我们的村邑境内般涅槃,我们不给世尊舍利的部分。」
§237
Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –
如是说时,度那婆罗门对那些团体、群众如是说:
‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,
「诸位尊者请听我一言,
Amhāka ; Buddho ahu khantivādo;
我们的佛陀是忍辱的教导者;
Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,
对于最上人的
Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.
舍利部分若有争斗,实在不善。
Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,
诸位尊者一切都应和合、团结,
Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;
欢喜地作八部分;
Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,
愿诸方的塔广大,
Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.
愿众多人对具眼者有信心。」
§238
‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.
「那么,婆罗门,你自己将世尊的舍利平等地分成八份吧。」「是的,尊者。」多那婆罗门应允那些团体、群众后,将世尊的舍利平等地善分成八份后,对那些团体、群众说:「诸位尊者,请给我这个瓶,我也将为瓶建塔与大供养。」他们将瓶给了多那婆罗门。
Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu .
毕波离瓦那的摩利亚人听说:「世尊已在库西那拉般涅槃。」于是毕波离瓦那的摩利亚人派遣使者到库西那拉的马拉人处:「世尊也是刹帝利,我们也是刹帝利,我们也应得世尊舍利的一份,我们也将为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。」「世尊的舍利已无份额,世尊的舍利已被分配。从这里取炭吧。」他们从那里取了炭。
Dhātuthūpapūjā舍利塔供养
§239
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.
于是马嘎达国王韦提希子未生怨在王舍城为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。韦萨离的离车人也在韦萨离为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。咖毕拉瓦图的释迦人也在咖毕拉瓦图为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。阿喇咖巴的布利人也在阿喇咖巴为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。拉马村的科利亚人也在拉马村为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。韦他地巴的婆罗门也在韦他地巴为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。巴瓦的马拉人也在巴瓦为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。库西那拉的马拉人也在库西那拉为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。多那婆罗门也为瓶建塔与大供养。毕波离瓦那的摩利亚人也在毕波离瓦那为炭建塔与大供养。如此有八个舍利塔,第九个瓶塔,第十个炭塔。过去确实如此。
§240
Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.
具眼者的舍利有八斗那,七斗那在阎浮提受尊敬。
Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.
而最上人的一斗那,龙王在拉马村尊敬。
Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;
一颗牙齿在三十三天受供养,一颗在甘达拉城受尊敬;
Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.
在咖陵伽王的领土中又有一位,一位龙王受到尊崇。
Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,
以他的威力,这大地,
Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;
以最胜的供养物装饰大地;
Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,
如是这位具眼者的身体,
Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.
被应受恭敬者善加恭敬。
Devindanāgindanarindapūjito ,
被天帝、龙王、人王所礼敬,
Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;
同样被最胜的人中之尊所礼敬;
Taṃ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā,
你们合掌礼敬他,
Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.
诸佛确实百劫难遇。
Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;
四十颗平齐的牙齿,以及所有的头发和体毛;
Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.
诸天各取一个,遍及轮围世界。
Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 大般涅槃经完 第三